[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

US20110118208A1 - Thiazolyl-Dihydro-Indazoles - Google Patents

Thiazolyl-Dihydro-Indazoles Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20110118208A1
US20110118208A1 US12/921,588 US92158809A US2011118208A1 US 20110118208 A1 US20110118208 A1 US 20110118208A1 US 92158809 A US92158809 A US 92158809A US 2011118208 A1 US2011118208 A1 US 2011118208A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
mmol
reaction mixture
added
yield
membered
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US12/921,588
Inventor
Darryl McConnell
Maria Impagnatiello
Dirk Kessler
Oliver Kraemer
Siegfried Schneider
Lars van der VEEN
Ulrike Weyer-Czernilofsky
Tobias Wunberg
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH
Original Assignee
Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=39591172&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20110118208(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH filed Critical Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH
Assigned to BOEHRINGER INGELHEIM INTERNATIONAL GMBH reassignment BOEHRINGER INGELHEIM INTERNATIONAL GMBH ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: IMPAGNATIELLO, MARIA, SCHNEIDER, SIEGFRIED, WEYER-CZERNILOFSKY, ULRIKE, KESSLER, DIRK, WUNBERG, TOBIAS, KRAEMER, OLIVER, MCCONNELL, DARRYL, VAN DER VEEN, LARS
Publication of US20110118208A1 publication Critical patent/US20110118208A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D513/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D513/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D513/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00Antiparasitic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/04Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to new thiazolyl-dihydro-indazoles of general formula (1)
  • a number of protein kinases have already proved to be suitable target molecules for therapeutic intervention in a variety of indications, e.g. cancer and inflammatory and autoimmune diseases. Since a high percentage of the genes involved in the development of cancer which have been identified thus far encode kinases, these enzymes are attractive target molecules for the therapy of cancer in particular.
  • Phosphatidylinositol-3-kinases are a subfamily of the lipid kinases which catalyse the transfer of a phosphate group to the 3′-position of the inositol ring of phosphoinositides.
  • PI3-kinases play an important role in numerous cell processes such as e.g. cell growth and differentiation processes, the control of cytoskeletal changes and the regulation of intracellular transport processes.
  • cell growth and differentiation processes e.g. cell growth and differentiation processes
  • cytoskeletal changes e.g. cell growth and differentiation processes
  • intracellular transport processes e.g. cell growth and differentiation processes
  • PI3-kinases can be divided into different categories.
  • compounds of general formula (1) act as inhibitors of specific cell cycle kinases.
  • the compounds according to the invention may be used for example for the treatment of diseases connected with the activity of specific cell cycle kinases and characterised by excessive or abnormal cell proliferation.
  • the present invention relates to compounds of general formula (1)
  • R 1 is selected from among —NHR c , —NHC(O)R c , —NHC(O)OR c , —NHC(O)NR c R c , —NHC(O)N(R g )OR c and —NHC(O)SR c , and
  • R 2 denotes hydrogen or a group selected from among C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, 3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, C 7-16 arylalkyl and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted by one or more identical or different R 4 and
  • R 3 denotes a 6 membered heteroaryl, substituted by one or more identical or different R a and/or R b , or
  • R 3 denotes a 8-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted by one or more identical or different R e and/or R f , and
  • each R 4 denotes a group selected from among R a , R b and R a substituted by one or more identical or different R b and/or R c ;
  • each R a independently of one another denotes a group optionally substituted by one or more identical or different R b and/or R c , selected from among C 1-6 alkyl, 2-6 membered heteroalkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 4-16 cycloalkylalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, C 7-16 arylalkyl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, 6-18 membered heteroarylalkyl, 3-14 membered heterocycloalkyl and 4-14 membered heterocycloalkylalkyl,
  • each R b denotes a suitable group and is selected independently of one another from among ⁇ O, —OR', C 1-3 haloalkyloxy, —OCF 3 , ⁇ S, —SR c , ⁇ NR c , ⁇ NOR c , ⁇ NNR c R c , ⁇ NN(R g )C(O)NR c R c , —NR c R c , —ONR c R c , —N(OR c )R c , —N(R g )NR c R c , halogen, —CF 3 , —CN, —NC, —OCN, —SCN, —NO, —NO 2 , ⁇ N 2 , —N 3 , —S(O)R c , —S(O)OR c , —S(O) 2 R c , —S(O) 2 OR c , —
  • R 3 is a radical selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl and pyridazinyl, optionally substituted by one or more R 4 .
  • a further aspect of the invention are compounds of general formular (1), wherein R 3 is pyridyl.
  • a further aspect of the invention are compounds of general formular (1), wherein R 3 is substituted by a residue selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OR', —NR c R c and C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by R b .
  • a further aspect of the invention are compounds of general formular (1), wherein R 1 is —NHC(O)R c .
  • a further aspect of the invention are compounds of general formular (1), wherein R 1 is —NHC(O)CH 3 .
  • a further aspect of the invention are compounds of general formular (1)—or the pharmaceutically active salts thereof—for use as a medicament.
  • a further aspect of the invention are compounds of general formular (1)—or the pharmacologically effective salts thereof, for preparing a medicament with an antiproliferative activity.
  • a further aspect of the invention is a pharmaceutical preparation, containing as active substance one or more compounds of general formula (1) or the physiologically acceptable salts thereof optionally in conjunction with conventional excipients and/or carriers.
  • a further aspect of the invention is the use of a compound of general formula (1) for preparing a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of cancer, infections, inflammatory and autoimmune diseases.
  • a further aspect of the invention is a pharmaceutical preparation comprising a compound of general formula (1) and at least one other cytostatic or cytotoxic active substance, different from formula (1), optionally in the form of the tautomers, the racemates, the enantiomers, the diastereomers and the mixtures thereof, and optionally the pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts thereof.
  • alkyl substituents are meant in each case saturated, unsaturated, straight-chain or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon groups (alkyl group) and this includes both saturated alkyl groups and unsaturated alkenyl and alkynyl groups.
  • Alkenyl substituents are in each case straight-chain or branched, unsaturated alkyl groups, which have at least one double bond.
  • alkynyl substituents are meant in each case straight-chain or branched, unsaturated alkyl groups, which have at least one triple bond.
  • heteroalkyl refers to groups which can be derived from alkyl as defined above in its broadest sense by replacing one or more of the groups —CH 3 in the hydrocarbon chains independently of one another by the groups —OH, —SH or —NH 2 , one or more of the groups —CH 2 — independently of one another by the groups —O—, —S— or —NH—, one or more of the groups
  • heteroalkyl is made up of the sub-groups of saturated hydrocarbon chains with hetero-atom(s), heteroalkenyl and hetero-alkynyl, while further subdivision into straight-chain (unbranched) and branched may be carried out. If a heteroalkyl is supposed to be substituted, the substitution may take place independently of one another, in each case mono- or polysubstituted, at all the hydrogen-carrying oxygen, sulphur, nitrogen and/or carbon atoms. Heteroalkyl itself may be linked to the molecule as substituent both through a carbon atom and through a heteroatom.
  • dimethylaminomethyl dimethylaminoethyl (1-dimethylaminoethyl; 2-dimethyl-aminoethyl); dimethylaminopropyl (1-dimethylaminopropyl, 2-dimethylaminopropyl, 3-dimethylaminopropyl); diethylaminomethyl; diethylaminoethyl (1-diethylaminoethyl, 2-diethylaminoethyl); diethylaminopropyl (1-diethylaminopropyl, 2-diethylamino-propyl, 3-diethylaminopropyl); diisopropylaminoethyl (1-diisopropylaminoethyl, 2-di-isopropylaminoethyl); bis-2-methoxyethylamino; [2-(dimethylamino-ethyl)
  • Haloalkyl relates to alkyl groups, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen atoms.
  • Haloalkyl includes both saturated alkyl groups and unsaturated alkenyl and alkynyl groups, such as for example —CF 3 , —CHF 2 , —CH 2 F, —CF 2 CF 3 ,—CHFCF 3 , —CH 2 CF 3 , —CF 2 CH 3 , —CHFCH 3 , —CF 2 CF 2 CF 3 , —CF 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —CF ⁇ CF 2 , —CCl ⁇ CH 2 , —CBr ⁇ CH 2 , —Cl ⁇ CH 2 , —C ⁇ C—CF 3 , —CHFCH 2 CH 3 and —CHFCH 2 CF 3 .
  • Halogen refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and/or iodine atoms.
  • cycloalkyl is meant a mono or bicyclic ring, while the ring system may be a saturated ring or, however, an unsaturated, non-aromatic ring, which may optionally also contain double bonds, such as for example cyclopropyl, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, norbornyl and norbornenyl.
  • Cycloalkylalkyl includes a non-cyclic alkyl group wherein a hydrogen atom bound to a carbon atom, usually to a terminal C atom, is replaced by a cycloalkyl group.
  • Aryl relates to monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic rings with 6-10 carbon atoms such as phenyl and naphthyl, for example.
  • Arylalkyl includes a non-cyclic alkyl group wherein a hydrogen atom bound to a carbon atom, usually to a terminal C atom, is replaced by an aryl group.
  • heteroaryl mono- or bicyclic aromatic rings, which instead of one or more carbon atoms contain one or more, identical or different hetero atoms, such as e.g. nitrogen, sulphur or oxygen atoms.
  • heteroaryl mono- or bicyclic aromatic rings, which instead of one or more carbon atoms contain one or more, identical or different hetero atoms, such as e.g. nitrogen, sulphur or oxygen atoms.
  • heteroaryl mono- or bicyclic aromatic rings, which instead of one or more carbon atoms contain one or more, identical or different hetero atoms, such as e.g. nitrogen, sulphur or oxygen atoms.
  • heteroaryl include furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl,
  • bicyclic heteroaryl groups are indolyl, isoindolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, indazolyl, isoquinolinyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl and benzotriazinyl, indolizinyl, oxazolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, naphthyridinyl, indolinyl, isochromanyl, chromanyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, isoindolinyl, isobenzotetrahydrofuryl, isobenzotetrahydrothienyl, isobenzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, pyr
  • Heteroarylalkyl encompasses a non-cyclic alkyl group wherein a hydrogen atom bound to a carbon atom, usually to a terminal C atom, is replaced by a heteroaryl group.
  • Heterocycloalkyl relates to saturated or unsaturated, non-aromatic mono-, bicyclic or bridged bicyclic rings comprising 3-12 carbon atoms, which instead of one or more carbon atoms carry heteroatoms, such as nitrogen, oxygen or sulphur.
  • heterocyloalkyl groups are tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, homomorpholinyl, homopiperidinyl, homopiperazinyl, homothiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl-S-oxide, thiomorpholinyl-S,S-dioxide, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, homothiomorpholinyl-S,S-dioxide, oxazolidinonyl, dihydropyrazolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, dihydropyrazinyl, dihydropyridyl, dihydropyrimidin
  • Heterocycloalkylalkyl relates to a non-cyclic alkyl group wherein a hydrogen atom bound to a carbon atom, usually to a terminal C atom, is replaced by a heterocycloalkyl group.
  • the monoketone is added to dry THF (e.g. 10 mmol in 90 mL solvent) and the suspension is cooled to ⁇ 78° C. under inert atmosphere. LiHMDS (3.4 eq.) is slowly added to the reaction mixture so that the reaction temperature is kept below ⁇ 60° C. After completion of the addition, a solution of the acid chloride (1.2 eq.) in dry THF (about 2-2.5 M) is added slowly. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight allowing it to warm to RT. For the work-up the mixture is cooled to ⁇ 20° C.
  • the monoketone (1.0 eq.) is dissolved in DMSO (1 M solution) and NaOtBu or sodium tert.-pentoxide (3.0 eq.) is slowly added.
  • the reaction mixture is stirred for 30 min at room temperature before the ester (1.1 eq.) is added slowly. After completion of the addition the mixture is stirred for 4 h at RT, poured on ice and neutralized with saturated ammonium chloride solution. The precipitate is filtered off, washed with water dried under vacuum at 40° C. overnight. Alternatively, the solvent is evaporated after completion of the reaction and the crude product may be used for the next step without further purification.
  • Carboxylic acid (1.0 eq.) is dissolved in CH 2 Cl 2 , CDI (1.0 eq.) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at RT over night. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the crude product is used without further purification.
  • a 1 M solution of LiHMDS (3 eq.) in THF is diluted with THF and the resulting solution is cooled to ⁇ 10° C. under inert atmosphere.
  • the monoketone (1.0 eq.) is added in small portions so that the reaction temperature is kept below ⁇ 10° C.
  • a solution of the active ester (2.0 eq.) in THF is added slowly.
  • the reaction mixture is stirred over night allowing it to warm to RT.
  • the reaction is quenched with a saturated solution of NH 4 Cl in water and the aqueous phase is extracted twice with CH 2 Cl 2 .
  • the combined organic layers are dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the product is purified by RP-chromatography.
  • the o-fluoropyridine and an excess of the amine are dissolved in EtOH or iPrOH/THF (0.1-0.2 M) and the mixture is heated in the microwave at 100° C. for 30-60 min or alternatively at RT without heating (the reaction is typically monitored by LC-MS until all starting material has reacted). After completion of the reaction the solvent is removed in vacuo and the product is either purified by chromatography (NP with MeOH/DCM or RP with ACN/H 2 O) or used without further purification.
  • the title compound is obtained from 500 mg (1.5 mmol) A-01 and 5.0 mL of a 2 M solution of dimethylamine in THF (10 mmol). The reaction is performed in EtOH according to the general procedure A4. The product is purified by NP-chromatography. Yield 205 mg.
  • the title compound is obtained from 160 mg (0.39 mmol, ⁇ 81% purity) A-01 and 410 ⁇ L (3.90 mmol) tert-butylamine.
  • the reaction is performed in EtOH according to the general procedure A4.
  • the crude product is used without further purification. Yield: 157 mg.
  • the title compound is obtained from 160 mg (0.39 mmol, about 81% purity) A-01 and 270 ⁇ L (3.90 mmol) cyclopropylamine.
  • the reaction is performed in EtOH according to the general procedure A4.
  • the crude product is used without further purification. Yield: 168 mg.
  • the title compound is obtained from 160 mg (0.39 mmol, about 81% purity) A-01 and 290 ⁇ L (3.87 mmol) allylamine according to the general procedure A4. The reaction is performed in EtOH. The crude product is used without further purification. Yield: 177 mg.
  • the title compound is obtained from 160 mg (0.39 mmol, about 81% purity) A-01 and 335 ⁇ L (3.89 mmol) isopropylamine.
  • the reaction is performed in EtOH according to the general procedure A4.
  • the crude product is used without further purification. Yield: 179 mg.
  • the title compound is obtained from 27.0 g (72.90 mmol, about 90% purity) A-01 and 27 mL (319.7 mmol) of a solution of methylamine in water.
  • the reaction is performed in a 1:1 mixture of THF and iPrOH according to the general procedure A4.
  • a large portion of the solvent is removed under reduced pressure, the formed precipitate is filtered off and washed with a small amount of iPrOH as well as water. Yield: 17.8 g.
  • the title compound is obtained from 1.0 g (3.00 mmol) A-01 and 1.56 mL (14.1 mmol) N,N-dimethylethylendiamine.
  • the reaction is performed in a 1:1 mixture of THF and iPrOH according to the general procedure A4.
  • the solvent is removed under reduced pressure, the residue taken up with water, extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 , the organic phase dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and the solvent removed in vacuo. Yield: 1.49 g.
  • the title compound is obtained from 1.0 g (3.0 mmol) A-01 and 1.22 mL (14.1 mmol) 2-methoxyethylamine.
  • the reaction is performed in a 1:1 mixture of THF and iPrOH according to the general procedure A4.
  • the solvent is removed under reduced pressure, the residue treated with water.
  • the precipitate is filtered off, washed twice with water and dried. Yield: 1.03 g.
  • the title compound is obtained from 25.0 g (67.50 mmol, about 90% purity) A-01 and 25 mL (314 mmol) of a solution of ethylamine in water.
  • the reaction is performed in a 1:1 mixture of THF and iPrOH according to the general procedure A4.
  • For the work-up a large portion of the solvent is removed under reduced pressure, water is added and the formed precipitate is filtered off.
  • the product is washed twice with both iPrOH and water. Yield: 20.2 g.
  • the title compound is obtained from 3.46 g (9.96 mmol) N-[6-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-acetamide (made in analogy to A-01) and 3.46 mL (43.5 mmol) of a solution of ethylamine in water.
  • the reaction is performed in a 1:1 mixture of THF and iPrOH according to the general procedure A4.
  • the crude product is used without further purification. Yield: 2.1 g.
  • the title compound is obtained by reacting 3.34 g (15.9 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 6.60 g (31.8 mmol) (6-chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-imidazol-1-yl-methanone according to the general procedure A3.
  • the product is purified by RP-HPLC (gradient 5-70% ACN, 25 min, 60 mL/min). Yield: 570 mg.
  • the title compound is obtained by reacting 500 mg (2.38 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 909 mg (4.76 mmol) (5-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl)-imidazol-1-yl-methanone according to the general procedure A3.
  • the reaction is quenched with 4 N HCl in dioxane prior to the addition of phosphate buffer (pH 6-7).
  • the crude product obtained after extraction is used without further purification. Yield: 800 mg.
  • the title compound is obtained by reacting 786 mg (3.74 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 1.40 g (7.48 mmol) of (5-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-imidazol-1-yl-methanone according to the general procedure A3 ( ⁇ 60° C.).
  • the reaction is quenched with HCl in ether (pH 3) before CH 2 Cl 2 and phosphate buffer (28.1 g NaH 2 PO 4 ⁇ 2 H 2 O, 106.8 g NaHPO 4 ⁇ 2 H 2 O, 500 mL H 2 O) are added.
  • the product is purified by RP-HPLC (gradient 5-80% ACN, 40 min). Yield: 439 mg.
  • the title compound is obtained by reacting 21.0 g (210 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 19.0 g (115 mmol) of 6-ethyl-nicotinic acid ethyl ester according to the general procedure A2. Yield: 26.4 g.
  • the title compound is obtained by reacting 3.36 g (16.0 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 6.50 g (32.0 mmol) of the (6-methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)-imidazol-1-yl-methanone according to the general procedure A3.
  • the reaction is quenched with saturated NH 4 Cl solution prior to extraction.
  • the product is purified by RP-chromatography (gradient: 5-70% ACN, 25 min, 60 mL/min). Yield: 860 mg.
  • the title compound is obtained by reacting 5.00 g (23.8 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 4.71 g (28.5 mmol) of 5,6-dimethylnicotinic acid methylester according to the general procedure A2.
  • the product is purified by NP-HPLC (gradient DCM/MeOH 99:1-80:20, 20 min, 60 mL/min). Yield: 917 mg.
  • the title compound is obtained by reacting 1.67 g (7.95 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 2.66 g (23.9 mmol) imidazol-1-yl-quinolin-3-yl-methanone according to the general procedure A3.
  • a precipitate is formed during the reaction and is filtered off without quenching, washed with THF, dissolved in a mixture of saturated NaHCO 3 -solution and CH 2 Cl 2 .
  • the water phase is extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 , the combined organic phases are dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The remaining solid is treated with diethylether, filtered off and dried. Yield: 1.12 g.
  • the title compound is obtained by reacting 1.91 g (9.08 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 2.70 g (13.6 mmol) (6-cyano-pyridin-3-yl)-imidazol-1-yl-methanone according to the general procedure A3.
  • the reaction is quenched by adding saturated NaHCO 3 -solution.
  • the water phase is extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 , the combined organic phases are dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the product is purified by RP-HPLC (gradient 5-80% ACN, 30 min, 60 mL/min). Yield: 149 mg.
  • the title compound is obtained by reacting 3.82 g (18.2 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 6.80 g (36.3 mmol) (6-methyl-pyrid-3-yl)-imidazol-1-yl-methanone according to the general procedure A3.
  • the reaction is quenched by adding saturated NH 4 Cl-solution.
  • the water phase is extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 , the combined organic phases are dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the product is purified by RP-HPLC (gradient 5-70% ACN, 25 min, 60 mL/min). Yield: 4.68 g.
  • the title compound is obtained by reacting 12.7 g (56.3 mmol) (7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-carbamic acid methyl ester and 13.7 g (73.2 mmol) (6-methyl-pyrid-3-yl)-imidazol-1-yl-methanone according to the general procedure A3.
  • the product precipitates during the reaction, is filtered off and distributed between saturated NaHCO 3 solution and ethyl acetate.
  • the organic phase is dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and the solvent removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is treated with diethylether, filtered and dried. Yield: 13.3 g.
  • the title compound is obtained by reacting 4.10 g (18.3 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-propionamide and 6.79 g (36.0 mmol) (6-methyl-pyrid-3-yl)-imidazol-1-yl-methanone according to the general procedure A3. After the complete addition a dark, sticky gum has formed. The THF is decanted of and the gum is dissolved in a saturated solution of NaHCO 3 in water. The mixture is extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 , the organic phases are washed with water and brine, dried on MgSO 4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is triturated with diethylether and ACN. Yield: 1.50 g.
  • the title compound is obtained from 2.10 g (11.2 mmol) 2-chloro-5,6-dihydro-4H-benzothiazol-7-one and 1.83 g (11.4 mmol) 6-fluoronicotinic acid chloride according to general procedure A1.
  • the crude product is taken up in DMSO, water and ACN are added. A precipitate is formed, filtered off and washed with water. Yield: 1.20 g.
  • the title compound is obtained from 2.70 g (7.73 mmol) [7-hydroxy-6-(6-fluoro-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-carbamic acid methyl ester (which was made in analogy to A-01) and 2.7 mL (32.0 mmol) of a solution of methylamine in water.
  • the reaction is performed in a 1:1 mixture of THF and iPrOH according to the general procedure A4.
  • the solvent is removed under reduced pressure, the precipitate is filtered and washed with iPrOH. Yield: 2.31 g.
  • a solution of 200 mg (0.64 mmol) A-26 in THF is cooled to 0° C.
  • a solution of methylamine in THF (1.6 mL, 2 M) is added and the mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 2 h and at RT for 2 h.
  • 50 ⁇ L (0.72 mmol) cyclopropylamine are added and the mixture is stirred at RT for 18 h.
  • the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product is used for the next step without further purification.
  • the title compound is obtained from 100 mg (0.32 mmol) A-26, 160 ⁇ L of a 2 M solution of methylamine in THF and 800 ⁇ L (1.60 mmol) of a 2 M solution of ethylamine in THF as outline for A-29.
  • the product is purified by RP-HPLC. Yield: 33 mg.
  • A-31) Azetidine-1-carboxylic acid [7-hydroxy-6-(6-methyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-amide
  • the title compound is obtained from 12.0 g (46.8 mmol) (7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-thiocarbamic acid S-ethyl ester and 8.22 g (51.1 mmol) 6-fluoro-nicotinic acid chloride according to general procedure A1.
  • the reaction is quenched with 25 mL 2 M hydrochloric acid and 100 mL phosphate buffer (pH 6).
  • the crude product obtained after the extraction is treated with TBME. Yield: 18.5 g.
  • the title compound is obtained from 1.50 g (3.95 mmol) A-32 and 1.50 mL (19.8 mmol) of a solution of methylamine in water according to the general procedure A4.
  • the reaction is performed in THF/iPrOH. After removal of the solvent in vacuo the remaining solid is treated with TBME. Yield 1.47 g.
  • the title compound is obtained from 18.5 g (48.8 mmol) A-32 and 20.0 mL (247 mmol) of a solution of ethylamine in water according to the general procedure A4. The reaction is performed in THF/iPrOH at RT. Yield: 19.8 g.
  • 6-Chloro-nicotinic acid methyl ester (60 g, 0.35 mol) is taken up in 500 mL 2 M ethyl-amine in THF and stirred at 100° C. in a sealed tube for 16 h. The reaction mixture is cooled to RT and the solvents are removed under reduced pressure. The residue is poured on ice and stirred for 15 min. The precipitate is filtered off, washed with water and dried in vacuo.
  • the dried 6-ethylamino-nicotinic acid methyl ester (30 g, 0.17 mol) is dissolved in 150 mL DCM and triethylamine (29 mL, 0.20 mol), DMAP (4.0 g, 33 mmol) and BOC anhydride (100 mL, 0.42 mol) are added successively at 0° C.
  • the reaction mixture is allowed to warm up to RT and stirred for 16 h.
  • To the reaction mixture 100 mL of 10% citric acid in water is added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 10 min.
  • the organic phase is separated, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. Yield: 60 g.
  • the crude 6-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-ethyl-amino)-nicotinic acid methyl ester is taken up in 100 mL dioxane and a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (13.5 g, 0.32 mol) in 100 mL water is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at RT for 4 h.
  • the dioxane is removed from the reaction mixture under reduced pressure, water is added and the reaction mixture is acidified to pH 6 with a solution of 10% citric acid in water.
  • the formed precipitate is filtered off and dried in vacuo. Yield: 36 g.
  • A-36a (6.40 g, 24.0 mmol) is taken up in 150 mL DCE, 1-chloro-N,N-2-trimethylpropenyl-amine (6.42 mL, 48.1 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT.
  • the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude product is used in the next step without purification.
  • A-36 is synthesized according to general procedure A1 starting from 3.8 g (15 mmol) A-36c and 6.8 g (24 mmol) A-36b. Yield: 1.23 g.
  • 6-Amino-nicotinic acid methyl ester (13.7 g, 90.0 mmol), triethyl amine (12.5 mL, 90.0 mmol) and DMAP (3.30 g, 27.0 mmol) are taken up in 200 mL DCM and a solution of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (41.3 g, 189 mmol) in 40 mL DCM is added drop wise. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT. An aqueous 5% KHSO 4 solution is added and the reaction mixture is extracted with DCM. The combined organic phases are washed with an aqueous 50% saturated KHCO 3 solution, dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. Yield: 34.9 g.
  • A-38a (5.00 g, 14.8 mmol) is dried by azeotropic distillation with toluene and then taken up in 20 mL dry THF and cooled to 0° C.
  • 1-Chloro-N,N-2-trimethylpropenyl-amine (3.95 g, 30.0 mmol) is added drop wise and the reaction mixture is stirred at RT for 3 h.
  • the reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude product is used in the next step without purification.
  • A-38 is synthesized according to general procedure A1 starting from 8.0 g (38 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 21.7 g (61 mmol) A-38b. Yield: 10.9 g.
  • Example A-39 is prepared analogously to example A-37 starting from 0.30 g (0.95 mmol) A-37a, 0.21 mL (1.4 mmol) DBU and 0.48 g (2.4 mmol) 1-imidazol-1-yl-3-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-propan-1-one. Yield: 66 mg.
  • Example A-40 is prepared analogously to example A-37 starting from 0.30 g (0.95 mmol) A-37a, 0.21 mL (1.4 mmol) DBU and 0.57 g (2.4 mmol) (2-imidazol-1-yl-2-oxo-ethyl)-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester. Yield: 0.16 g.
  • Example A-41 is prepared analogously to example A-37 starting from 0.30 g (0.95 mmol) A-37a, 0.21 mL (1.4 mmol) DBU and 0.53 g (2.4 mmol) (2-imidazol-1-yl-2-oxo-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester. Yield: 0.19 g.
  • Example A-42 is prepared analogously to example A-37 starting from 0.30 g (0.95 mmol) A-37a, 0.21 mL (1.4 mmol) DBU and 0.36 g (2.4 mmol) 2-dimethylamino-1-imidazol-1-yl-ethanone. Yield: 0.20 g.
  • Example A-44 is prepared analogously to example A-43 starting from 0.30 g (1.0 mmol) A-27, 0.42 g (2.6 mmol) CDI, 0.31 mL (2.1 mmol) DBU and 0.50 mL (5.2 mmol) tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol. Yield: 0.14 g.
  • Example A-45 is prepared analogously to example A-43 starting from 0.30 g (1.0 mmol) A-27, 0.42 g (2.6 mmol) CDI, 0.31 mL (2.1 mmol) DBU and 0.50 mL (5.2 mmol) (tetrahydro-furan-3-yl)-methanol. Yield: 83 mg.
  • Example A-46 is synthesized according to general procedure A1 starting from 0.20 g (2.5 g, 10 mmol) A-46a and 6.0 g (17 mmol) A-38b. Yield: 2.5 g.
  • A-47a is prepared analogously to example A-37a starting from 4.0 g (7.6 mmol) A-38. Yield: 2.7 g.
  • Example A-47 is prepared analogously to example A-37 starting from 2.0 g (6.9 mmol) A-47a, 2.1 mL (14 mmol) DBU and 3.1 g (17 mmol) 4-dimethylamino-1-imidazol-1-yl-butan-1-one. Yield: 1.9 g.
  • A-51) 1-(2-Dimethylamino-ethyl)-3-[6-(6-ethylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-urea
  • A-52) 1-[6-(6-Ethylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-3-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-urea
  • B-02a (2.0 g, 10.3 mmol) is dissolved in 120 mL MeOH and 10% palladium on coal (200 mg) is added. The reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h under an atmosphere of 4 bar hydrogen. The reaction mixture is filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 1.69 g.
  • B-03a (27.7 g, 91.1 mmol) is dissolved in 300 mL toluene, degassed and added under argon atmosphere dropwise to a mixture of benzophenone hydrazone (18.8 g, 95.8 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (13.1 g, 136 mmol), BINAP (2.0 g, 3.21 mmol) and palladium(II) acetate (400 mg, 1.78 mmol).
  • the reaction mixture is warmed to 100° C. and stirred for 2 h. Active charcoal is added and reaction mixture is filtered over Celite. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo and the residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% MeOH in DCM) followed by trituration with MeOH. Yield: 27.6 g.
  • the compound is prepared according to WO 2007/113246.
  • B-06a (5.8 g, 24.2 mmol) is dissolved in 60 mL THF and cooled to 0° C. Borane dimethylsulfide complex (9.18 mL, 121 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is warmed to RT. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at reflux temperature. Additional borane dimethyl sulfide complex (9.18 mL, 121 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred for another 20 h at reflux temperature. The reaction mixture is cooled to RT, 40 mL MeOH and 12 mL conc. HCl are added and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at 80° C.
  • B-06c is prepared analogously to B-03b starting from B-06b (3.5 g, 16.5 mmol), benzophenone hydrazone (3.24 g, 16.5 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (2.38 g, 24.8 mmol), (2-biphenyl)-di-tert-butylphosphine (246 mg, 0.825 mmol) and palladium(II) acetate (111 mg, 0.495 mmol). Yield: 1.25 g.
  • B-06 is prepared analogously to B-03 starting from B-06c (1.55 g, 4.73 mmol). Yield: 620 mg.
  • B-07b is prepared analogously to B-03b starting from B-07a (77.6 g, 362 mmol), benzophenone hydrazone (71.0 g, 362 mmol), sodium tert-pentoxide (59.8 g, 543 mmol), BINAP (5.12 mg, 8.20 mmol) and palladium(II)acetate (1.38 g, 6.16 mmol). Yield: 122 g. The product is purified by treatment with active coal in n-propanol.
  • B-07 is prepared analogously to B-03 starting from B-07b (122 g, 362 mmol). Yield: 57.6 g.
  • B-08 is prepared analogously to B-05 starting from 4-aminophenethyl alcohol (7.3 g, 53.2 mmol), sodium nitrite (3.7 g, 53.6 mmol) and tin(II) chloride dihydrate (50.0 g, 222 mmol). Yield: 3.70 g.
  • B-09b is prepared analogously to B-03b starting from B-09a (3.0 g, 10.9 mmol), benzophenone hydrazone (2.15 g, 10.9 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (1.58 g, 16.4 mmol), (2-biphenyl)-di-tert-butylphosphine (135 mg, 0.438 mmol) and palladium(II)acetate (49 mg, 0.22 mmol). Yield: 2.40 g.
  • B-09 is prepared analogously to B-03 starting from B-09b (2.40 g, 6.16 mmol). Yield: 1.64 g.
  • B-10d is prepared analogously to B-03b starting from B-10c (1.35 g, 5.62 mmol) benzophenone hydrazone (1.10 g, 5.62 g), sodium tert-butoxide (0.81 g, 8.4 mmol), (2-biphenyl)di-tert-butyl phosphine (84 mg, 0.28 mmol) and paldium(II) acetate (38 mg, 0.17 mmol). Yield: 1.20 g.
  • B-10 is prepared analogously to B-03 starting from B-10d (1.20 g, 3.38 mmol). Yield: 0.42 g.
  • B-012 is prepared analogously to B-05 starting from 3-methylsulfonylaniline hydrochloride (2.50 g, 11.4 mmol), sodium nitrite (1.18 g, 17.1 mmol) and tin(II)chloride dihydrate (14.9 g, 66.0 mmol).
  • the product is purified by precipitation from ethyl acetate with cyclohexane. Yield: 1.08 g.
  • B-15c is prepared analogously to B-14a starting from 4-formylphenylboronic acid (3.52 g, 23.5 mmol), di-tert-butylazodicarboxylate (5.95 g, 25.8 mmol) and copper(II) acetate (230 mg, 1.27 mmol).
  • the product is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-60% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane).Yield: 7.50 g.
  • B-15d is prepared analogously to B-14b starting from B-15c (3.96 g, 11.8 mmol) and B-15b (1.50 g, 11.8 mmol).
  • the product is purified by preparative RP-HPLC (5-98% ACN in water). Yield: 4.25 g.
  • B-15 is prepared analogously to B-14 starting from B-15d (4.25 g, 10.4 mmol) and 4 M HCl in dioxane (25.9 mL, 104 mmol). Yield: 2.90 g.
  • B-16a is prepared analogously to B-15a starting from N-hydroxyphthalimide (5.0 g, 30.7 mmol), potassium carbonate (4.24 g, 30.7 mmol) and N-(2-chloroethyl)morpholine hydrochloride (6.27 g, 33.7 mmol). The product is isolated as the hydrochloride.
  • B-16b is prepared analogously to B-15b starting from B-16a (4.22 g, 15.3 mmol) and ethanolamine (1.01 mL, 16.8 mmol). Yield: 1.31 g.
  • B-16c is prepared analogously to B-14a starting from B-16b (1.31 g, 7.17 mmol) and B-15c (2.41 g, 7.17 mmol).
  • the product is purified by preparative RP-HPLC (5-98% ACN in water) Yield: 1.48 g.
  • B-17a is prepared analogously to B-14a starting from 3,5-difluoro-4-formylboronic acid (5.0 g, 26.9 mmol), di-tert-butylazocarboxylate (6.81 g, 29.6 mmol) and copper(II) acetate (488 mg, 2.69 mmol). Yield: 9.93 g.
  • B-17b is prepared analogously to B-14b starting from B-17a (1.46 g, 3.92 mmol) and B-15b (500 mg, 3.92 mmol).
  • the product is purified by preparative RP-HPLC (5-98% ACN in water). Yield: 700 mg.
  • B-17 is prepared analogously to B-14 starting from B-17b (700 mg, 1.57 mmol) and 4 M HCl in dioxane (3.93 mL, 15.7 mmol). Yield: 263 mg.
  • B-18a is prepared analogously to B-14a starting from 2,3-difluoro-4-formylboronic acid (5.0 g, 26.9 mmol), di-tert-butylazodicarboxylate (6.81 g, 29.6 mmol) and copper(II) acetate (488 mg, 2.69 mmol). Yield: 9.70 g.
  • B-18b is prepared analogously to B-14b starting from B-18a (1.46 g, 3.92 mmol) and B-15b (500 mg, 3.92 mmol).
  • the product is purified by preparative RP-HPLC (5-98% ACN in water). Yield: 840 mg.
  • B-18 is prepared analogously to B-14 starting from B-18b (840 mg, 1.89 mmol) and 4 M HCl in dioxane (4.72 ml, 18.9 mmol). Yield: 276 mg.
  • B-20a is prepared analogously to B-19a starting from 3-pentanone (1.23 mL, 11.6 mmol) and tert-butylcarbazate (1.53 g, 11.6 mmol). Yield: 2.26 g.
  • B-20b was prepared analogously to B-19b starting from B-20a (2.26 g, 11.3 mmol) and sodium cyanoborohydride (709 mg, 11.3 mmol). Yield: 1.68 g.
  • B-20 is prepared analogously to B-19 starting from B-20b (1.68 g, 8.31 mmol) and 4 M hydrochloric acid in dioxane (10.4 ml, 41.5 mmol). Yield: 1.20 g.
  • B-21a is prepared analogously to B-19a starting from isobutyraldehyde (1.26 mL, 13.9 mmol) and tert-butylcarbazate (1.83 g, 13.9 mmol). Yield: 2.56 g.
  • B-21b is prepared analogously to B-19b starting from B-21a (2.56 g, 13.7 mmol) and sodium cyanoborohydride (864 mg, 13.7 mmol). Yield: 1.97 g.
  • B-21 is prepared analogously to B-19 starting from B-21b (1.97 g, 10.5 mmol) and 4 M HCl in dioxane (13.1 mL, 52.3 mmol). Yield: 1.30 g.
  • B-22a was prepared analogously to B-19a starting from tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one (923 ⁇ L, 9.99 mmol) and tert-butylcarbazate (1.32 g, 9.99 mmol). Yield: 2.15 g.
  • B-22b is prepared analogously to B-19b starting from B-22a (2.15 g, 10.0 mmol) and sodium cyanoborohydride (631 mg, 10.0 mmol). Yield: 1.57 g.
  • B-22 is prepared analogously to B-19 starting from B-22b (1.57 g, 7.26 mmol) and 4 M HCl in dioxane (9.07 ml, 36.3 mmol). Yield: 1.10 g.
  • B-23a is prepared analogously to B-19a starting from methacroleine (1.18 ml, 14.3 mmol) and tert-butylcarbazate (1.89 g, 14.3 mmol). Yield: 2.61 g.
  • B-23b is prepared analogously to B-19b starting from B-23a (2.61 g, 14.2 mmol) and sodium cyanoborohydride (890 mg, 14.2 mmol). Yield: 1.88 g.
  • B-23 is prepared analogously to B-19 starting from B-23b (1.88 g, 10.1 mmol) and 4 M HCl in dioxane (12.6 mL, 50.5 mmol). Yield: 1.14 g.
  • B-25a is prepared analogously to B-24b starting from B-24a (2.34 g, 13.6 mmol), potassium hydroxide (991 mg, 17.7 mmol), tetrabutylammonium hydrogensulfate (461 mg, 1.36 mmol) and propargyl chloride (70% in toluene, 1.8 mL, 16.3 mmol). Yield: 1.99 g.
  • B-25 is prepared analogously to B-24 starting from B-25a (1.99 g, 9.64 mmol) and 2 M aqueous HCl (9.46 mL, 18.9 mmol). Yield: 1.03 g.
  • B-28a is prepared analogously to B-27c starting from B-27b (10.0 g, 46.4 mmol), potassium carbonate (4.0 g, 29.0 mmol) and propargyl bromide (80% in toluene, 5.26 mL, 48.8 mmol). Yield: 12.4 g.
  • B-28 is prepared analogously to B27 starting from B-28 a (12.4 g, approximately 46.4 mmol) and 4 M hydrochloric acid in dioxane (61.3 ml, 245 mmol). Yield: 9.30 g.
  • B-29b is prepared analogously to B-27b starting from B-29a (18.0 g, 71.1 mmol) and sodium cyanoborohydride (4.47 g, 71.1 mmol). Yield: 17.2 g.
  • B-34 is prepared analogously to B-05 starting from B-34b (21.5 g, 108 mmol), sodium nitrite (7.75 g, 110 mmol) and tin(II) chloride dihydrate (104 g, 453 mmol).
  • the product is lyophilized from dioxane. Yield: 19.3 g.
  • B-35a is prepared analogously to B-14a starting from 3-(N,N-dimethylsulphonamido)-benzeneboronic acid (1.0 g, 4.37 mmol), di-tert-butylazodicarboxylate (1.11 g, 4.83 mmol) and copper(II) acetate (79 mg, 0.44 mmol).
  • the product is purified by preparative RP-HPLC (5-98% ACN in water). Yield: 1.15 g.
  • B-35 is prepared analogously to B-14 starting from B-35a (1.15 g, 2.77 mmol) and 4 M HCl in dioxane (6.92 ml, 27.8 mmol). Yield: 527 mg.
  • B-36a is prepared analogously to B-14a starting from 3-(trifluoromethoxy)benzeneboronic acid (1.0 g, 4.86 mmol), di-tert-butylazodicarboxylate (1.23 g, 5.34 mmol) and copper(II) acetate (88 mg, 0.49 mmol).
  • the product is purified by preparative RP-HPLC (5-98% ACN in water). Yield: 1.26 g.
  • B-36 is prepared analogously to B-14 starting from B-36a (1.26 g, 3.21 mmol) and 4 M HCl in dioxane (8.03 ml, 32.1 mmol). Yield: 557 mg.
  • B-37a is prepared analogously to B-14a starting from 3-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)phenylboronic acid (800 mg, 4.26 mmol), di-tert-butylazodicarboxylate (1.08 g, 4.68 mmol) and copper(II) acetate (77 mg, 0.43 mmol). Yield: 1.17 g.
  • B-37 is prepared analogously to B-14 starting from B-37a (1.17 g, 3.13 mmol) and 4 M HCl in dioxane (7.81 mL, 31.3 mmol). Yield: 518 mg.
  • Examples C-01 to C-118 can be synthesized according to one of the following general procedures.
  • the appropriate hydrazine and diketone required for synthesis can be deduced from the table of examples.
  • the appropriate diketone (1 eq.) and the appropriate hydrazine or hydrazine hydrochloride (1 eq.) are added to acetic acid and allowed to stir at RT for 24 h.
  • the acetic acid is removed under reduced pressure, the resulting crude material is dissolved in NMP and purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H 2 O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3).
  • the resulting product fractions are collected and the solvent removed via freeze-drying to yield the desired product.
  • the appropriate diketone (1 eq.) and the appropriate hydrazine or hydrazine hydrochloride (5-10 eq.) are added to acetic acid and heated to 85° C.-160° C. for 1-6 h in the microwave.
  • the acetic acid is removed under reduced pressure, the resulting crude material dissolved in NMP and purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H 2 O-TFA pH 1).
  • the resulting product fractions recollected and the solvent removed via freeze-drying to yield the desired product.
  • the appropriate diketone (1 eq.) and the appropriate hydrazine hydrochloride (1 eq.) are added to EtOH and heated to 100° C.-140° C. for 15-60 min in the microwave.
  • the EtOH is removed under reduced pressure, the resulting crude material dissolved in NMP and purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H 2 O-TFA pH 1).
  • the resulting product fractions are collected and the solvent removed via freeze-drying to yield the desired product.
  • the appropriate diketone (1 eq.) and the appropriate hydrazine or hydrazine hydrochloride (1.3 eq.) are added to acetic acid and allowed to stir at 70° C. for 2 d.
  • the acetic acid is removed under reduced pressure, the resulting crude material is dissolved in DMSO/TFA and purified using RP-LC/MS.
  • the resulting product fractions are collected and the solvent is removed via freeze-drying to yield the desired product.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered over celite and the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure.
  • the residue is taken up in ACN.
  • the solid material is filtered off and dried at 60° C. yielding 3.94 g D-01.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered over silica and the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure.
  • the residue is taken up in ACN and the solid material is filtered off and dried at 60° C. yielding 5.34 g D-02.
  • D-23 is made in analoguously to D-25
  • D-30 can be synthesized in analoguously to D-14.
  • E-13 and E-14 are prepared in a procedure analogous to example E-12. If the compounds did not precipitate in sufficient purity they are purified by prep. HPLC-MS.
  • E-20 to E-26 are prepared with a procedure analogous to example E-19.
  • Example E-28 is prepared analogous to example E-27.
  • E-29 and E-31 are prepared with a procedure analogous to example E-30.
  • Cyclopropylcarboxylic acid (0.12 g), diisopropylethyl amine (0.12 g) and TBTU (0.44 g) are dissolved in DCM (1 mL) and allowed to react at 30° C. for 30 min.
  • a solution of intermediate D-17 (150 mg) in NMP (1 mL) is then added dropwise to reaction mixture which is then heated at 90° C. for 4 h.
  • MeOH (1 mL) and 1 drop of HCL (conc.) is then added and the mixture stirred for 10 min at RT.
  • the reaction mixture is filtered and purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H 2 O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). Yield: 70 mg.
  • the reaction mixture is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H 2 O-formic acid pH 2-3). Yield: 20 mg.
  • the reaction mixture is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H 2 O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). Yield: 30 mg.
  • the reaction mixture is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H 2 O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). Yield: 26 mg.
  • the reaction mixture is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H 2 O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). Yield: 8 mg.
  • E-50 250 mg is dissolved in THF (15 mL) and placed under an atmosphere of argon. A methyllithium solution (1.5 M, 2.6 mL) is then added over 1 min and the reaction mixture stirred at RT for a further 1 h. Saturated ammonium chloride solution (1 mL) is added and the THF is removed under reduced pressure. The resulting material is dissolved in DMSO (1.8 mL) and water (0.2 mL) and purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H 2 O-TFA pH 1). Yield: 12 mg.
  • Examples F-01 to F-20 can be synthesized according to one of the following general procedures.
  • the appropriate acid or acid chloride required for synthesis can be deduced from the table of examples. Boc-groups are removed with HCl (5-10 eq.) by stirring overnight in dioxane at 40° C.
  • Example D-17 (1 eq.) is taken up in NMP and sonicated until all material is dissolved. DMAP (0.1 eq.), DIPEA (5 eq.) and acid chloride (5 eq.) are added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 1 h at RT. The reaction mixture is poured in water and extracted with DCM. The organic phases are concentrated under reduced pressure and the product is purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 0-20% MeOH in DCM).
  • the combined organic phase are washed with an aqueous 1% citric acid solution and brine, dried on magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the product is purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 0-20% MeOH in DCM).
  • Examples G-01 to G-05 can be synthesized according to the following general procedure. The appropriate amine required for synthesis can be deduced from the table of examples.
  • Example F-20 (1 eq.) is taken up in NMP, DIPEA (2 eq.) and amine (3 eq.) are added and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT.
  • the reaction mixture is poured in water, extracted with DCM and the organic phase is loaded on a SCX column.
  • the column is washed with DCM and methanol and the product is eluted with a mixture of DCM and 7N ammonia in methanol.
  • the product is further purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 0-20% methanol in DCM).
  • Examples H-01 to H-14 can be synthesized according to the following general procedure. The appropriate amine or alcohol required for synthesis can be deduced from the table of examples.
  • Example D-17 (1 eq.), DBU (2 eq.) and CDI (2.5 eq.) are taken up in acetonitrile and stirred at 100° C. overnight. Amine or alcohol (5 eq.) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred again overnight at 100° C. The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and the product is purified by HPLC (C-18, 2-98% acetonitrile in water).
  • Examples J-01 to J-02 can be synthesized according to the following general procedure.
  • the appropriate example C can be deduced from the table of examples.
  • DAD Diode Array Detector
  • the test is based on measurement of cellular DNA content via fluorescent dye binding. Because cellular DNA content is highly regulated, it is closely proportional to cell number. The extent of proliferation is determined by comparing cell counts for samples treated with drugs with untreated controls.
  • PC3 human prostate carcinoma cell line
  • PC3 human prostate carcinoma cell line
  • the test substances are diluted stepwise and added to the cells such that the total volume is 200 ⁇ L/well.
  • Cells to which diluent, but not substance, is added serve as controls.
  • the medium is replaced by 100 ⁇ L/well dye-binding solution and the cells are incubated at 37° C. in the dark for a further 60 min.
  • excitation takes place at a wavelength of 485 nm and the emission is measured at 530 nm.
  • EC 50 values are calculated using the GraphPad Prism program.
  • P-AKT levels in PC3 cells are detected by cell-based ELISA.
  • Cells are cultured in 96-well plates and treated with serial dilutions of test substances for 2 h. Cells to which diluent, but not substance, is added serve as controls. Subsequently, the cells are fixed rapidly to preserve protein modifications. Each well is then incubated with a primary antibody specific for Ser473-phosphorylated AKT. Subsequent incubation with secondary HRP-conjugated antibody and developing solution provides a colorimetric readout at 450 nm. EC 50 values are calculated using the GraphPad Prism program.
  • the substances of the present invention are PI3 kinase inhibitors.
  • the novel compounds of the general formula (1) and their isomers and their physiologically tolerated salts are suitable for treating diseases which are characterized by excessive or anomalous cell proliferation.
  • diseases include, for example: viral infections (e.g. HIV and Kaposi's sarcoma); inflammation and autoimmune diseases (e.g. colitis, arthritis, Alzheimer's disease, glomerulonephritis and wound healing); bacterial, fungal and/or parasitic infections; leukaemias, lymphomas and solid tumours; skin diseases (e.g. psoriasis); bone diseases; cardiovascular diseases (e.g. restenosis and hypertrophy).
  • the compounds are useful for protecting proliferating cells (e.g. hair cells, intestinal cells, blood cells and progenitor cells) from DNA damage due to irradiation, UV treatment and/or cytostatic treatment (Davis et al., 2001).
  • cancers may be treated with compounds according to the invention, without being restricted thereto:
  • brain tumours such as for example acoustic neurinoma, astrocytomas such as fibrillary, protoplasmic, gemistocytary, anaplastic, pilocytic astrocytomas, glioblastoma, gliosarcoma, pleomorphic xanthoastrocytoma, subependymal large-cell giant cell astrocytoma and desmoplastic infantile astrocytoma; brain lymphomas, brain metastases, hypophyseal tumour such as prolactinoma, hypophyseal incidentaloma, HGH (human growth hormone) producing adenoma and corticotrophic adenoma, craniopharyngiomas, medulloblastoma, meningeoma and oligodendroglioma; nerve tumours such as for example tumours of the vegetative nervous system such as neuroblastoma, ganglioneuroma, paraganglioma (phe
  • novel compounds can be used for the prevention or short-term or long-term treatment of the abovementioned diseases including, where appropriate, in combination with other state-of-the-art compounds such as other anti-tumour substances, cytotoxic substances, cell proliferation inhibitors, antiangiogenic substances, steroids or antibodies.
  • other state-of-the-art compounds such as other anti-tumour substances, cytotoxic substances, cell proliferation inhibitors, antiangiogenic substances, steroids or antibodies.
  • the compounds of the general formula (1) can be used on their own or in combination with other active compounds according to the invention and, where appropriate, in combination with other pharmacologically active compounds as well.
  • Chemotherapeutic agents which can be administered in combination with the compounds according to the invention include, without being restricted thereto, hormones, hormone analogs and antihormones (e.g.
  • tamoxifen toremifene, raloxifene, fulvestrant, megestrol acetate, flutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide, aminoglutethimide, cyproterone acetate, finasteride, buserelin acetate, fludrocortisone, fluoxymesterone, medroxyprogesterone and octreotide), aromatase inhibitors (e.g. anastrozole, letrozole, liarozole, vorozole, exemestane and atamestane), LHRH agonists and antagonists (e.g.
  • goserelin acetate and luprolide inhibitors of growth factors (growth factors such as platelet-derived growth factor and hepatocyte growth factor, examples of inhibitors are growth factor antibodies, growth factor receptor antibodies and tyrosine kinase inhibitors, such as gefitinib, imatinib, lapatinib, Erbitux® and trastuzumab); antimetabolites (e.g.
  • antifolates such as methotrexate and raltitrexed, pyrimidine analogs such as 5-fluorouracil, capecitabine and gemcitabine, purine and adenosine analogs such as mercaptopurine, thioguanine, cladribine and pentostatin, cytarabine and fludarabine); antitumour antibiotics (e.g. anthracyclines, such as doxorubicin, daunorubicin, epirubicin and idarubicin, mitomycin C, bleomycin, dactinomycin, plicamycin and streptozocin); platinum derivatives (e.g.
  • cisplatin, oxaliplatin and carboplatin e.g. estramustine, meclorethamine, melphalan, chlorambucil, busulphan, dacarbazine, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide and temozolomide, nitrosoureas such as carmustine and lomustine and thiotepa); antimitotic agents (e.g. vinca alkaloids such as vinblastine, vindesine, vinorelbine and vincristine; and taxans such as paclitaxel and docetaxel); topoisomerase inhibitors (e.g.
  • epipodophyllo-toxins such as etoposide and etopophos, teniposide, amsacrine, topotecan, irinotecan and mitoxantrone) and various chemotherapeutic agents such as amifostin, anagrelide, clodronate, filgrastin, interferon alpha, leucovorin, rituximab, procarbazine, levamisole, mesna, mitotan, pamidronate and porfimer.
  • epipodophyllo-toxins such as etoposide and etopophos, teniposide, amsacrine, topotecan, irinotecan and mitoxantrone
  • various chemotherapeutic agents such as amifostin, anagrelide, clodronate, filgrastin, interferon alpha, leucovorin, rituximab, procarbazine, levamisole
  • suitable forms for use are tablets, capsules, suppositories, solutions, in particular solutions for injection (s.c., i.v., i.m.) and infusion, syrups, emulsions or dispersible powders.
  • the proportion of the pharmaceutically active compound(s) should in each case be in the range of 0.1-90% by weight, preferably 0.5-50% by weight, of the total composition, that is in quantities which are sufficient to achieve the dosage range which is specified below. If necessary, the doses mentioned can be given several times a day.
  • Appropriate tablets can be obtained, for example, by mixing the active compound(s) with known auxiliary substances, for example inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or lactose, disintegrants, such as maize starch or alginic acid, binders, such as starch or gelatine, lubricants, such as magnesium stearate or talc, and/or agents for achieving a depot effect, such as carboxymethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate phthalate or polyvinyl acetate.
  • the tablets can also comprise several layers.
  • sugar-coated tablets can be produced by coating cores, which have been prepared in analogy with tablets, with agents which are customarily used in sugar coatings, for example collidone or shellac, gum arabic, talc, titanium dioxide or sugar.
  • the core can also comprise several layers in order to achieve a depot effect or to avoid incompatibilities.
  • the sugar coating can also comprise several layers in order to achieve a depot effect, with it being possible to use the auxiliary substances which are mentioned above in the case of the tablets.
  • Syrups of the active compounds or active compound combinations according to the invention can additionally comprise a sweetening agent, such as saccharine, cyclamate, glycerol or sugar as well as a taste-improving agent, e.g. flavouring agents such as vanillin or orange extract. They can also comprise suspension aids or thickeners, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, wetting agents, for example condensation products of fatty alcohols and ethylene oxide, or protectants such as p-hydroxybenzoates.
  • a sweetening agent such as saccharine, cyclamate, glycerol or sugar
  • a taste-improving agent e.g. flavouring agents such as vanillin or orange extract.
  • suspension aids or thickeners such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, wetting agents, for example condensation products of fatty alcohols and ethylene oxide, or protectants such as p-hydroxybenzoates.
  • Injection and infusion solutions are produced in a customary manner, e.g. while adding isotonizing agents, preservatives, such as p-hydroxybenzoates, or stabilizers, such as alkali metal salts of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, where appropriate using emulsifiers and/or dispersants, with it being possible, for example, to employ, where appropriate, organic solvents as solubilizing agents or auxiliary solvents when using water as diluent, and aliquoted into injection bottles or ampoules or infusion bottles.
  • the capsules which comprise one or more active compounds or active compound combinations, can, for example, be produced by mixing the active compounds with inert carriers, such as lactose or sorbitol, and encapsulating the mixture in gelatine capsules.
  • inert carriers such as lactose or sorbitol
  • Suitable suppositories can be produced, for example, by mixing with excipients which are envisaged for this purpose, such as neutral fats or polyethylene glycol, or their derivatives.
  • Auxiliary substances which may be mentioned by way of example are water, pharmaceutically unobjectionable organic solvents, such as paraffins (e.g. petroleum fractions), oils of vegetable origin (e.g. groundnut oil or sesame oil), monofunctional or poly-functional alcohols (e.g. EtOH or glycerol), carrier substances such as natural mineral powders (e.g. kaolins, argillaceous earths, talc and chalk), synthetic mineral powders (e.g. highly disperse silicic acid and silicates), sugars (e.g. cane sugar, lactose and grape sugar), emulsifiers (e.g.
  • paraffins e.g. petroleum fractions
  • oils of vegetable origin e.g. groundnut oil or sesame oil
  • monofunctional or poly-functional alcohols e.g. EtOH or glycerol
  • carrier substances such as natural mineral powders (e.g. kaolins, argillaceous earths, talc and chalk),
  • lignin sulphite waste liquors, methyl cellulose, starch and polyvinyl-pyrrolidone
  • glidants e.g. magnesium stearate, talc, stearic acid and sodium lauryl sulphate.
  • the tablets can naturally also comprise, in addition to the abovementioned carrier substances, additives such as sodium citrate, calcium carbonate and dicalcium phosphate together with a variety of further substances such as starch, preferably potato starch, gelatine and the like. It is furthermore also possible to use glidants, such as magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulphate and talc, for the tableting.
  • glidants such as magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulphate and talc, for the tableting.
  • a variety of taste improvers or dyes can also be added to the active compounds in addition to the abovementioned auxiliary substances.
  • the finely ground active compound, lactose and a part of the maize starch are mixed with each other.
  • the mixture is sieved, after which it is moistened with a solution of polyvinylpyrrolidone in water, kneaded, wet-granulated and dried.
  • the granular material, the remainder of the maize starch and the magnesium stearate are sieved and mixed with each other.
  • the mixture is pressed into tablets of suitable shape and size.
  • the active compound is dissolved, either at its intrinsic pH or, where appropriate, at pH 5.5-6.5, in water after which sodium chloride is added as isotonizing agent.
  • the resulting solution is rendered pyrogen-free by filtration and the filtrate is aliquoted, under aseptic conditions, into ampoules, which are then sterilized and sealed by melting.
  • the ampoules contain 5 mg, 25 mg and 50 mg of active compound.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention encompasses compounds of general formula (1)
Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00001
wherein
  • R1 to R3 are defined as in claim 1, which are suitable for the treatment of diseases characterised by excessive or abnormal cell proliferation, and the use thereof for preparing a medicament having the above-mentioned properties.

Description

  • The present invention relates to new thiazolyl-dihydro-indazoles of general formula (1)
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00002
  • wherein the groups R′ to R3 have the meanings given in the claims and specification, the isomers thereof, processes for preparing these thiazolyl-dihydro-indazoles and their use as medicaments.
  • BACKGROUND TO THE INVENTION
  • A number of protein kinases have already proved to be suitable target molecules for therapeutic intervention in a variety of indications, e.g. cancer and inflammatory and autoimmune diseases. Since a high percentage of the genes involved in the development of cancer which have been identified thus far encode kinases, these enzymes are attractive target molecules for the therapy of cancer in particular.
  • Phosphatidylinositol-3-kinases (PI3-kinases) are a subfamily of the lipid kinases which catalyse the transfer of a phosphate group to the 3′-position of the inositol ring of phosphoinositides.
  • They play an important role in numerous cell processes such as e.g. cell growth and differentiation processes, the control of cytoskeletal changes and the regulation of intracellular transport processes. On the basis of their in vitro specificity for certain phosphoinositide substrates the PI3-kinases can be divided into different categories.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • It has now surprisingly been found that compounds of general formula (1), wherein the groups R1 to R3 have the meanings given below, act as inhibitors of specific cell cycle kinases. Thus, the compounds according to the invention may be used for example for the treatment of diseases connected with the activity of specific cell cycle kinases and characterised by excessive or abnormal cell proliferation.
  • The present invention relates to compounds of general formula (1)
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00003
  • wherein
  • R1 is selected from among —NHRc, —NHC(O)Rc, —NHC(O)ORc, —NHC(O)NRcRc, —NHC(O)N(Rg)ORc and —NHC(O)SRc, and
  • R2 denotes hydrogen or a group selected from among C1-6alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl, 3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, C7-16arylalkyl and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted by one or more identical or different R4 and
  • R3 denotes a 6 membered heteroaryl, substituted by one or more identical or different Ra and/or Rb, or
  • R3 denotes a 8-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted by one or more identical or different Re and/or Rf, and
  • each R4 denotes a group selected from among Ra, Rb and Ra substituted by one or more identical or different Rb and/or Rc; and
  • each Ra independently of one another denotes a group optionally substituted by one or more identical or different Rb and/or Rc, selected from among C1-6alkyl, 2-6 membered heteroalkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C3-10cycloalkyl, C4-16cycloalkylalkyl, C6-10aryl, C7-16arylalkyl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, 6-18 membered heteroarylalkyl, 3-14 membered heterocycloalkyl and 4-14 membered heterocycloalkylalkyl,
  • each Rb denotes a suitable group and is selected independently of one another from among ═O, —OR', C1-3haloalkyloxy, —OCF3, ═S, —SRc, ═NRc, ═NORc, ═NNRcRc, ═NN(Rg)C(O)NRcRc, —NRcRc, —ONRcRc, —N(ORc)Rc, —N(Rg)NRcRc, halogen, —CF3, —CN, —NC, —OCN, —SCN, —NO, —NO2, ═N2, —N3, —S(O)Rc, —S(O)ORc, —S(O)2Rc, —S(O)2ORc, —S(O)NRcRc, —S(O)2NRcRc, —OS(O)Rc, —OS(O)2Rc, —OS(O)2ORc, —OS(O)NRcRc, —OS(O)2NRcRc, —C(O)Rc, —C(O)ORc, —C(O)SRc, —C(O)NRcRc, —C(O)N(Rc)NRcRc, —C(O)N(Rg)ORc, —C(NRg)NRcRc, —C(NOH)Rc, —C(NOH)NRcRc, —OC(O)Rc, —OC(O)ORc, —OC(O)SRc, —OC(O)NRcRc, —OC(NRg)NRcRc, —SC(O)Rc, —SC(O)ORc, —SC(O)NRcRc, —SC(NRg)NRcRc, —N(Rg)C(O)Rc, —N[C(O)Rc]2, —N(ORg)C(O)Rc, —N(Rg)C(NRg)Rc, —N(Rg)N(Rg)C(O)Rc, —N[C(O)Rc]NRcRc, —N(Rg)C(S)Rc, —N(Rg)S(O)Rc, —N(Rg)S(O)ORc, —N(Rg)S(O)2Rc, —N[S(O)2Rc]2, —N(Rg)S(O)2ORc, —N(Rg)S(O)2NRcRc, —N(Rg)[S(O)2]2Rc, —N(Rg)C(O)ORc, —N(Rg)C(O)SRc, —N(Rg)C(O)NRcRc, —N(Rg)C(O)NRgNRcRc, —N(Rg)N(Rg)C(O)NRcRc, —N(Rg)C(S)NRcRc, —[N(Rg)C(O)]2Rc, —N(Rg)[C(O)]2Rc, —N{[C(O)]2Rc}2, —N(Rg)[C(O)]2ORc, —N(Rg)[C(O)]2NRcRc, —N{[C(O)]2ORc}2, —N{[C(O)]2NRcRc}2, —[N(Rg)C(O)]2ORc, —N(Rg)C(NRg)ORc, —N(Rg)C(NOH)Rc, —N(Rg)C(NRg)SR c, —N(Rg)C(NRg)NRcRc, —N═RcRc and —N═C(Rg)NRcRc and
    • each Rc independently of one another denotes hydrogen or a group optionally substituted by one or more identical or different Rd and/or Re, selected from among C1-6alkyl, 2-6 membered heteroalkyl, C1-6halo alkyl, C3-10cycloalkyl, C4-16cycloalkylalkyl, C6-10aryl, C7-16arylalkyl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, 6-18 membered heteroarylalkyl, 3-14 membered heterocycloalkyl and 4-14 membered heterocycloalkylalkyl, and
    • each Rd denotes a suitable group and is selected independently of one another from among ═O, —ORe, C1-3haloalkyloxy, —OCF3, ═S, —SRe, ═NRe, ═NORe, ═NNReRe, ═NN(Rg)C(O)NReRe, —NReRe, —ONReRe, —N(Rg)NReRe, halogen, —CF3, —CN, —NC, —OCN, —SCN, —NO, —NO2, ═N2, —N3, —S(O)Re, —S(O)ORe, —S(O)2Re, —S(O)2ORe, —S(O)NReRe, —S(O)2NReRe, —OS(O)Re, —OS(O)2Re, —OS(O)2ORe, —OS(O)NReRe, —OS(O)2NReRe, —C(O)Re, —C(O)ORe, —C(O)SRe, —C(O)NReRe, —C(O)N(Rg)NReRe, —C(O)N(Rg)ORe, —C(NRg)NReRe, —C(NOH)Re, —C(NOH)NReRe, —OC(O)Re, —OC(O)ORe, —OC(O)SRe, —OC(O)NReRe, —OC(NRg)NReRe, —SC(O)Re, —SC(O)ORe, —SC(O)NReRe, —SC(NRg)NReRe, —N(Rg)C(O)Re, —N[C(O)Re]2, —N(ORg)C(O)Re, —N(Rg)C(NRg)Re, —N(Rg)N(Rg)C(O)Re, —N[C(O)Re]NReRe, —N(Rg)C(S)Re, —N(Rg)S(O)Re, —N(Rg)S(O)ORe, —N(Rg)S(O)2Re, —N[S(O)2Re]2, —N(Rg)S(O)2ORe, —N(Rg)S(O)2NReRe, —N(Rg)[S(O)2]2Re, —N(Rg)C(O)ORe, —N(Rg)C(O)SRe, —N(Rg)C(O)NReRe, —N(Rg)C(O)NRgNReRe, —N(Rg)N(Rg)C(O)NReRe, —N(Rg)C(S)NReRe, —[N(Rg)C(O)]2Re, —N(Rg)[C(O)]2Re, —N{[C(O)]2Re}2, —N(Rg)[C(O)]2ORe, —N(Rg)[C(O)]2NReRe, —N{[C(O)]2ORe}2, —N{[C(O)]2NReRe}2, —[N(Rg)C(O)]2ORe, —N(Rg)C(NRg)ORe, —N(Rg)C(NOH)Re, —N(Rg)C(NRg)SRe, —N(Rg)C(NRg)NReRe, —N═ReRe and —N═C(Rg)NReRe
    • each Re independently of one another denotes hydrogen or a group optionally substituted by one or more identical or different Rf and/or Rg, selected from among C1-6alkyl, 2-6 membered heteroalkyl, C1-6halo alkyl, C3-10cycloalkyl, C4-16cycloalkylalkyl, C6-10aryl, C7-16arylalkyl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, 6-18 membered heteroarylalkyl, 3-14 membered heterocycloalkyl and 4-14 membered heterocycloalkylalkyl, and
    • each Rf denotes a suitable group and in each case is selected independently of one another from among ═O, —ORg, C1-3haloalkyloxy, —OCF3, ═S, —SRg, ═NRg, ═NORg, ═NNRgRg, ═NN(Rh)C(O)NRgRg, —NRgRg, —ONRgRg, —N(Rh)NRgRg, halogen, —CF3, —CN, —NC, —OCN, —SCN, —NO, —NO2, ═N2, —N3, —S(O)Rg, —S(O)ORg, —S(O)2Rg, —S(O)2ORg, —S(O)NRgRg, —S(O)2NRgRg, —OS(O)Rg, —OS(O)2Rg, —OS(O)2ORg, —OS(O)NRgRg, —OS(O)2NRgRg, —C(O)Rg, —C(O)ORg, —C(O)SRg, —C(O)NRgRg, —C(O)N(Rh)NRgRg, —C(O)N(Rh)ORg, —C(NRh)NRgRg, —C(NOH)Rg, —C(NOH)NRgRg, —OC(O)Rg, —OC(O)ORg, —OC(O)SRg, —OC(O)NRgRg, —OC(NRh)NRgRg, —SC(O)Rg, —SC(O)ORg, —SC(O)NRgRg, —SC(NRh)NRgRg, —N(Rh)C(O)Rg, —N[C(O)Rg]2, —N(ORh)C(O)Rg, —N(Rh)C(NRh)Rg, —N(Rh)N(Rh)C(O)Rg, —N[C(O)Rg]NRgRg, —N(Rh)C(S)Rg, —N(Rh)S(O)Rg, —N(Rh)S(O)ORg, —N(Rh)S(O)2Rg, —N[S(O)2Rg]2, —N(Rh)S(O)2ORg, —N(Rh)S(O)2NRgRg, —N(Rh)[S(O)2]2Rg, —N(Rh)C(O)ORg, —N(Rh)C(O)SRg, —N(Rh)C(O)NRgRg, —N(Rh)C(O)NRhNRgRg, —N(Rh)N(Rh)C(O)NRgRg, —N(Rh)C(S)NRgRg, —[N(Rh)C(O)]2Rg, —N(Rh)[C(O)]2Rg, —N{[C(O)]2Rgh, —N(Rh)[C(O)]2ORg, —N(Rh)[C(O)]2NRgRg, —N{[C(O)]2ORg}2, —N{[C(O)]2NRgRg}2, —[N(Rh)C(O)]2ORg, —N(Rh)C(NRh)ORg, —N(Rh)C(NOH)Rg, —N(Rh)C(NRh)SRg, —N(Rh)C(NRh)NRgRg, —N═RhRh and —N═C(Rh)NRhRh; and
    • each Rg independently of one another denotes hydrogen or a group optionally substituted by one or more identical or different Rh, selected from among C1-6alkyl, 2-6 membered heteroalkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C3-10cycloalkyl, C4-16cycloalkylalkyl, C6-10aryl, C7-16arylalkyl, 5-12 membered hetero aryl, 6-18 membered heteroarylalkyl, 3-14 membered heterocycloalkyl and 4-14 membered heterocycloalkylalkyl; and
    • each Rh is selected independently of one another from among hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, 2-6 membered heteroalkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C3-10cycloalkyl, C4-16cycloalkylalkyl, C6-10aryl, C7-16arylalkyl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, 6-18 membered heteroarylalkyl, 3-14 membered heterocycloalkyl and 4-14 membered heterocycloalkylalkyl, optionally in the form of the prodrugs, the tautomers, the racemates, the enantiomers, the diastereomers, the prodrugs and the mixtures thereof, and optionally the pharmacologically acceptable salts thereof.
  • One aspect of the invention are compounds of general formular (1), wherein R3 is a radical selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl and pyridazinyl, optionally substituted by one or more R4.
  • A further aspect of the invention are compounds of general formular (1), wherein R3 is pyridyl.
  • A further aspect of the invention are compounds of general formular (1), wherein R3 is substituted by a residue selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —OR', —NRcRc and C1-6alkyl optionally substituted by Rb.
  • A further aspect of the invention are compounds of general formular (1), wherein R1 is —NHC(O)Rc.
  • A further aspect of the invention are compounds of general formular (1), wherein R1 is —NHC(O)CH3.
  • A further aspect of the invention are compounds of general formular (1)—or the pharmaceutically active salts thereof—for use as a medicament.
  • A further aspect of the invention are compounds of general formular (1)—or the pharmacologically effective salts thereof, for preparing a medicament with an antiproliferative activity.
  • A further aspect of the invention is a pharmaceutical preparation, containing as active substance one or more compounds of general formula (1) or the physiologically acceptable salts thereof optionally in conjunction with conventional excipients and/or carriers.
  • A further aspect of the invention is the use of a compound of general formula (1) for preparing a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of cancer, infections, inflammatory and autoimmune diseases.
  • A further aspect of the invention is a pharmaceutical preparation comprising a compound of general formula (1) and at least one other cytostatic or cytotoxic active substance, different from formula (1), optionally in the form of the tautomers, the racemates, the enantiomers, the diastereomers and the mixtures thereof, and optionally the pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts thereof.
  • Definitions
  • As used herein the following definitions apply, unless stated otherwise.
  • By alkyl substituents are meant in each case saturated, unsaturated, straight-chain or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon groups (alkyl group) and this includes both saturated alkyl groups and unsaturated alkenyl and alkynyl groups. Alkenyl substituents are in each case straight-chain or branched, unsaturated alkyl groups, which have at least one double bond. By alkynyl substituents are meant in each case straight-chain or branched, unsaturated alkyl groups, which have at least one triple bond.
  • The term heteroalkyl refers to groups which can be derived from alkyl as defined above in its broadest sense by replacing one or more of the groups —CH3 in the hydrocarbon chains independently of one another by the groups —OH, —SH or —NH2, one or more of the groups —CH2— independently of one another by the groups —O—, —S— or —NH—, one or more of the groups
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00004
  • are replaced by the group
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00005
  • one or more of the groups ═CH— by the group ═N—, one or more of the groups ═CH2 by the group ═NH or one or more of the groups ≡CH by the group ≡N, while in all only a maximum of three heteroatoms may be present in a heteroalkyl, there must be at least one carbon atom between two oxygen and between two sulphur atoms or between one oxygen and one sulphur atom and the group as a whole must have chemical stability.
  • It flows from the indirect definition/derivation from alkyl that heteroalkyl is made up of the sub-groups of saturated hydrocarbon chains with hetero-atom(s), heteroalkenyl and hetero-alkynyl, while further subdivision into straight-chain (unbranched) and branched may be carried out. If a heteroalkyl is supposed to be substituted, the substitution may take place independently of one another, in each case mono- or polysubstituted, at all the hydrogen-carrying oxygen, sulphur, nitrogen and/or carbon atoms. Heteroalkyl itself may be linked to the molecule as substituent both through a carbon atom and through a heteroatom.
  • By way of example, the following representative compounds are listed: dimethylaminomethyl; dimethylaminoethyl (1-dimethylaminoethyl; 2-dimethyl-aminoethyl); dimethylaminopropyl (1-dimethylaminopropyl, 2-dimethylaminopropyl, 3-dimethylaminopropyl); diethylaminomethyl; diethylaminoethyl (1-diethylaminoethyl, 2-diethylaminoethyl); diethylaminopropyl (1-diethylaminopropyl, 2-diethylamino-propyl, 3-diethylaminopropyl); diisopropylaminoethyl (1-diisopropylaminoethyl, 2-di-isopropylaminoethyl); bis-2-methoxyethylamino; [2-(dimethylamino-ethyl)-ethyl-amino]-methyl; 3-[2-(dimethylamino-ethyl)-ethyl-amino]-propyl; hydroxymethyl; 2-hydroxy-ethyl; 3-hydroxypropyl; methoxy; ethoxy; propoxy; methoxymethyl; 2-methoxyethyl etc.
  • Haloalkyl relates to alkyl groups, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen atoms. Haloalkyl includes both saturated alkyl groups and unsaturated alkenyl and alkynyl groups, such as for example —CF3, —CHF2, —CH2F, —CF2CF3,—CHFCF3, —CH2CF3, —CF2CH3, —CHFCH3, —CF2CF2CF3, —CF2CH2CH3, —CF═CF2, —CCl═CH2, —CBr═CH2, —Cl═CH2, —C≡C—CF3, —CHFCH2CH3 and —CHFCH2CF3.
  • Halogen refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and/or iodine atoms.
  • By cycloalkyl is meant a mono or bicyclic ring, while the ring system may be a saturated ring or, however, an unsaturated, non-aromatic ring, which may optionally also contain double bonds, such as for example cyclopropyl, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, norbornyl and norbornenyl.
  • Cycloalkylalkyl includes a non-cyclic alkyl group wherein a hydrogen atom bound to a carbon atom, usually to a terminal C atom, is replaced by a cycloalkyl group.
  • Aryl relates to monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic rings with 6-10 carbon atoms such as phenyl and naphthyl, for example.
  • Arylalkyl includes a non-cyclic alkyl group wherein a hydrogen atom bound to a carbon atom, usually to a terminal C atom, is replaced by an aryl group.
  • By heteroaryl are meant mono- or bicyclic aromatic rings, which instead of one or more carbon atoms contain one or more, identical or different hetero atoms, such as e.g. nitrogen, sulphur or oxygen atoms. Examples include furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl and triazinyl. Examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups are indolyl, isoindolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, indazolyl, isoquinolinyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl and benzotriazinyl, indolizinyl, oxazolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, naphthyridinyl, indolinyl, isochromanyl, chromanyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, isoindolinyl, isobenzotetrahydrofuryl, isobenzotetrahydrothienyl, isobenzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, pyridopyridyl, benzotetrahydrofuryl, benzotetrahydrothienyl, purinyl, benzodioxolyl, triazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenothiazinyl, pteridinyl, benzothiazolyl, imidazopyridyl, imidazothiazolyl, dihydrobenzisoxazinyl, benzisoxazinyl, benzoxazinyl, dihydrobenzisothiazinyl, benzopyranyl, benzothiopyranyl, coumarinyl, isocoumarinyl, chromonyl, chromanonyl, pyridyl-N-oxide tetrahydroquinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, dihydroquinolinonyl, dihydroisoquinolinonyl, dihydrocoumarinyl, dihydroisocoumarinyl, isoindolinonyl, benzodioxanyl, benzoxazolinonyl, pyrrolyl-N-oxide, pyrimidinyl-N-oxide, pyridazinyl-N-oxide, pyrazinyl-N-oxide, quinolinyl-N-oxide, indolyl-N-oxide, indolinyl-N-oxide, isoquinolyl-N-oxide, quinazolinyl-N-oxide, quinoxalinyl-N-oxide, phthalazinyl-N-oxide, imidazolyl-N-oxide, isoxazolyl-N-oxide, oxazolyl-N-oxide, thiazolyl-N-oxide, indolizinyl-N-oxide, indazolyl-N-oxide, benzothiazolyl-N-oxide, benzimidazolyl-N-oxide, pyrrolyl-N-oxide, oxadiazolyl-N-oxide, thiadiazolyl-N-oxide, triazolyl-N-oxide, tetrazolyl-N-oxide, benzothiopyranyl-S-oxide and benzothiopyranyl-S,S-dioxide.
  • Heteroarylalkyl encompasses a non-cyclic alkyl group wherein a hydrogen atom bound to a carbon atom, usually to a terminal C atom, is replaced by a heteroaryl group.
  • Heterocycloalkyl relates to saturated or unsaturated, non-aromatic mono-, bicyclic or bridged bicyclic rings comprising 3-12 carbon atoms, which instead of one or more carbon atoms carry heteroatoms, such as nitrogen, oxygen or sulphur. Examples of such heterocyloalkyl groups are tetrahydrofuryl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, homomorpholinyl, homopiperidinyl, homopiperazinyl, homothiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl-S-oxide, thiomorpholinyl-S,S-dioxide, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, homothiomorpholinyl-S,S-dioxide, oxazolidinonyl, dihydropyrazolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, dihydropyrazinyl, dihydropyridyl, dihydropyrimidinyl, dihydrofuryl, dihydropyranyl, dioxaborolanyl, tetrahydrothienyl-S-oxide, tetrahydrothienyl-S,S-dioxide, homothiomorpholinyl-S-oxide, 2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2,2,1]heptane, 8-oxa-3-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane, 3.8-diaza-bicyclo[3.2.1]-octane, 2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2,2,1]heptane, 3.8-diaza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane, 3.9-diaza-bicyclo[4.2.1]nonane and 2.6-diaza-bicyclo[3.2.2]nonane.
  • Heterocycloalkylalkyl relates to a non-cyclic alkyl group wherein a hydrogen atom bound to a carbon atom, usually to a terminal C atom, is replaced by a heterocycloalkyl group.
  • The following Examples illustrate the present invention without restricting its scope.
  • Intermediates A:
  • The syntheses of substituted 5,6-dihydro-4H-benzothiazol-7-ones used herein as starting materials are described in earlier applications (see WO2006/040281, WO2007/113245, and WO2007/113246). Additional starting materials may be prepared by the procedures described therein.
  • General Procedure A1: Formation of Diketones from Acid Chlorides.
  • The monoketone is added to dry THF (e.g. 10 mmol in 90 mL solvent) and the suspension is cooled to −78° C. under inert atmosphere. LiHMDS (3.4 eq.) is slowly added to the reaction mixture so that the reaction temperature is kept below −60° C. After completion of the addition, a solution of the acid chloride (1.2 eq.) in dry THF (about 2-2.5 M) is added slowly. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight allowing it to warm to RT. For the work-up the mixture is cooled to −20° C. and the reaction is quenched with diluted hydrochloric acid and phosphate buffer (22 g NaH2PO4, 87 g Na2HPO4, 530 mL H2O) resulting in a final pH about 6. Ethyl acetate is added and the organic layer is separated. The aqueous phase is extracted three times with ethyl acetate, the combined organic phases are dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The remaining solid is treated with TBME and the solvent is filtered off. The product may be used without further purification.
  • General Procedure A2: Formation of Diketones from Esters
  • The monoketone (1.0 eq.) is dissolved in DMSO (1 M solution) and NaOtBu or sodium tert.-pentoxide (3.0 eq.) is slowly added. The reaction mixture is stirred for 30 min at room temperature before the ester (1.1 eq.) is added slowly. After completion of the addition the mixture is stirred for 4 h at RT, poured on ice and neutralized with saturated ammonium chloride solution. The precipitate is filtered off, washed with water dried under vacuum at 40° C. overnight. Alternatively, the solvent is evaporated after completion of the reaction and the crude product may be used for the next step without further purification.
  • General Procedure A3: Formation of Diketones from Active Esters.
  • a) Formation of the Active Ester
  • Carboxylic acid (1.0 eq.) is dissolved in CH2Cl2, CDI (1.0 eq.) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at RT over night. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the crude product is used without further purification.
  • b) Formation of the Diketone
  • A 1 M solution of LiHMDS (3 eq.) in THF is diluted with THF and the resulting solution is cooled to −10° C. under inert atmosphere. The monoketone (1.0 eq.) is added in small portions so that the reaction temperature is kept below −10° C. After stirring one additional hour at −10° C. a solution of the active ester (2.0 eq.) in THF is added slowly. The reaction mixture is stirred over night allowing it to warm to RT. The reaction is quenched with a saturated solution of NH4Cl in water and the aqueous phase is extracted twice with CH2Cl2. The combined organic layers are dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The product is purified by RP-chromatography.
  • General Procedure A4: Nucleophilic Aromatic Substitution of o-fluoropyridines.
  • The o-fluoropyridine and an excess of the amine are dissolved in EtOH or iPrOH/THF (0.1-0.2 M) and the mixture is heated in the microwave at 100° C. for 30-60 min or alternatively at RT without heating (the reaction is typically monitored by LC-MS until all starting material has reacted). After completion of the reaction the solvent is removed in vacuo and the product is either purified by chromatography (NP with MeOH/DCM or RP with ACN/H2O) or used without further purification.
  • A-01) N-[6-(6-Fluoro-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00006
  • The title compound is synthesized according to general procedure A1 starting form 21.0 g (100 mmol), N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 20.2 g (120 mmol, 95% pure) 6-fluoro nicotinic acid chloride. Yield: 27.0 g.
  • A-02) N-[6-(6-Dimethylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00007
  • The title compound is obtained from 500 mg (1.5 mmol) A-01 and 5.0 mL of a 2 M solution of dimethylamine in THF (10 mmol). The reaction is performed in EtOH according to the general procedure A4. The product is purified by NP-chromatography. Yield 205 mg.
  • A-03) N-[6-(6-tert-Butylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00008
  • The title compound is obtained from 160 mg (0.39 mmol, −81% purity) A-01 and 410 μL (3.90 mmol) tert-butylamine. The reaction is performed in EtOH according to the general procedure A4. The crude product is used without further purification. Yield: 157 mg.
  • A-04) N-[6-(6-Cyclopropylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00009
  • The title compound is obtained from 160 mg (0.39 mmol, about 81% purity) A-01 and 270 μL (3.90 mmol) cyclopropylamine. The reaction is performed in EtOH according to the general procedure A4. The crude product is used without further purification. Yield: 168 mg.
  • A-05) N-[6-(6-Allylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00010
  • The title compound is obtained from 160 mg (0.39 mmol, about 81% purity) A-01 and 290 μL (3.87 mmol) allylamine according to the general procedure A4. The reaction is performed in EtOH. The crude product is used without further purification. Yield: 177 mg.
  • A-06) N-[7-Hydroxy-6-(6-isopropylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00011
  • The title compound is obtained from 160 mg (0.39 mmol, about 81% purity) A-01 and 335 μL (3.89 mmol) isopropylamine. The reaction is performed in EtOH according to the general procedure A4. The crude product is used without further purification. Yield: 179 mg.
  • A-07) N-[7-Hydroxy-6-(6-methylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00012
  • The title compound is obtained from 27.0 g (72.90 mmol, about 90% purity) A-01 and 27 mL (319.7 mmol) of a solution of methylamine in water. The reaction is performed in a 1:1 mixture of THF and iPrOH according to the general procedure A4. For the work-up a large portion of the solvent is removed under reduced pressure, the formed precipitate is filtered off and washed with a small amount of iPrOH as well as water. Yield: 17.8 g.
  • A-08) N-{6-[6-(2-Dimethylamino-ethylamino)-pyridine-3-carbonyl]-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl}-acetamide (A-08)
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00013
  • The title compound is obtained from 1.0 g (3.00 mmol) A-01 and 1.56 mL (14.1 mmol) N,N-dimethylethylendiamine. The reaction is performed in a 1:1 mixture of THF and iPrOH according to the general procedure A4. For the work-up the solvent is removed under reduced pressure, the residue taken up with water, extracted with CH2Cl2, the organic phase dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent removed in vacuo. Yield: 1.49 g.
  • A-09) N-{7-Hydroxy-6-[6-(2-methoxy-ethylamino)-pyridine-3-carbonyl]-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl}-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00014
  • The title compound is obtained from 1.0 g (3.0 mmol) A-01 and 1.22 mL (14.1 mmol) 2-methoxyethylamine. The reaction is performed in a 1:1 mixture of THF and iPrOH according to the general procedure A4. For the work-up the solvent is removed under reduced pressure, the residue treated with water. The precipitate is filtered off, washed twice with water and dried. Yield: 1.03 g.
  • A-10) N-[6-(6-Ethylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00015
  • The title compound is obtained from 25.0 g (67.50 mmol, about 90% purity) A-01 and 25 mL (314 mmol) of a solution of ethylamine in water. The reaction is performed in a 1:1 mixture of THF and iPrOH according to the general procedure A4. For the work-up a large portion of the solvent is removed under reduced pressure, water is added and the formed precipitate is filtered off. The product is washed twice with both iPrOH and water. Yield: 20.2 g.
  • A-11) N-[6-(6-Ethylamino-5-methyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00016
  • The title compound is obtained from 3.46 g (9.96 mmol) N-[6-(6-fluoro-5-methyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-acetamide (made in analogy to A-01) and 3.46 mL (43.5 mmol) of a solution of ethylamine in water. The reaction is performed in a 1:1 mixture of THF and iPrOH according to the general procedure A4. The crude product is used without further purification. Yield: 2.1 g.
  • A-12) N-[6-(6-Chloro-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00017
  • The title compound is obtained by reacting 3.34 g (15.9 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 6.60 g (31.8 mmol) (6-chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-imidazol-1-yl-methanone according to the general procedure A3. The product is purified by RP-HPLC (gradient 5-70% ACN, 25 min, 60 mL/min). Yield: 570 mg.
  • A-13) N-[6-(5-Fluoro-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00018
  • The title compound is obtained by reacting 500 mg (2.38 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 909 mg (4.76 mmol) (5-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl)-imidazol-1-yl-methanone according to the general procedure A3. The reaction is quenched with 4 N HCl in dioxane prior to the addition of phosphate buffer (pH 6-7). The crude product obtained after extraction is used without further purification. Yield: 800 mg.
  • A-14) N-[7-Hydroxy-6-(5-methyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00019
  • The title compound is obtained by reacting 786 mg (3.74 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 1.40 g (7.48 mmol) of (5-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-imidazol-1-yl-methanone according to the general procedure A3 (−60° C.). The reaction is quenched with HCl in ether (pH 3) before CH2Cl2 and phosphate buffer (28.1 g NaH2PO4×2 H2O, 106.8 g NaHPO4×2 H2O, 500 mL H2O) are added. The product is purified by RP-HPLC (gradient 5-80% ACN, 40 min). Yield: 439 mg.
  • A-15) N-[6-(6-Ethyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00020
  • The title compound is obtained by reacting 21.0 g (210 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 19.0 g (115 mmol) of 6-ethyl-nicotinic acid ethyl ester according to the general procedure A2. Yield: 26.4 g.
  • A-16) N-[7-Hydroxy-6-(6-isopropyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00021
  • The title compound is obtained by reacting 1.67 g (7.92 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 2.13 g (11.9 mmol) of 6-isopropyl-nicotinic acid ethyl ester according to the general procedure A2. Yield: 3.82 g.
  • A-17) N-[7-Hydroxy-6-(6-methoxy-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00022
  • The title compound is obtained by reacting 3.36 g (16.0 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 6.50 g (32.0 mmol) of the (6-methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)-imidazol-1-yl-methanone according to the general procedure A3. The reaction is quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution prior to extraction. The product is purified by RP-chromatography (gradient: 5-70% ACN, 25 min, 60 mL/min). Yield: 860 mg.
  • A-18) N-[6-(5,6-Dimethyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00023
  • The title compound is obtained by reacting 5.00 g (23.8 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 4.71 g (28.5 mmol) of 5,6-dimethylnicotinic acid methylester according to the general procedure A2. The product is purified by NP-HPLC (gradient DCM/MeOH 99:1-80:20, 20 min, 60 mL/min). Yield: 917 mg.
  • A-19) N-[7-Hydroxy-6-(quinoline-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00024
  • The title compound is obtained by reacting 1.67 g (7.95 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 2.66 g (23.9 mmol) imidazol-1-yl-quinolin-3-yl-methanone according to the general procedure A3. A precipitate is formed during the reaction and is filtered off without quenching, washed with THF, dissolved in a mixture of saturated NaHCO3-solution and CH2Cl2. The water phase is extracted with CH2Cl2, the combined organic phases are dried over MgSO4, filtered, and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The remaining solid is treated with diethylether, filtered off and dried. Yield: 1.12 g.
  • A-20) N-[6-(6-Cyano-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00025
  • The title compound is obtained by reacting 1.91 g (9.08 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 2.70 g (13.6 mmol) (6-cyano-pyridin-3-yl)-imidazol-1-yl-methanone according to the general procedure A3. The reaction is quenched by adding saturated NaHCO3-solution. The water phase is extracted with CH2Cl2, the combined organic phases are dried over MgSO4, filtered, and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The product is purified by RP-HPLC (gradient 5-80% ACN, 30 min, 60 mL/min). Yield: 149 mg.
  • A-23) N-[7-Hydroxy-6-(6-methyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00026
  • The title compound is obtained by reacting 3.82 g (18.2 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 6.80 g (36.3 mmol) (6-methyl-pyrid-3-yl)-imidazol-1-yl-methanone according to the general procedure A3. The reaction is quenched by adding saturated NH4Cl-solution. The water phase is extracted with CH2Cl2, the combined organic phases are dried over MgSO4, filtered, and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The product is purified by RP-HPLC (gradient 5-70% ACN, 25 min, 60 mL/min). Yield: 4.68 g.
  • A-24) [7-Hydroxy-6-(6-methyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-carbamic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00027
  • The title compound is obtained by reacting 12.7 g (56.3 mmol) (7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-carbamic acid methyl ester and 13.7 g (73.2 mmol) (6-methyl-pyrid-3-yl)-imidazol-1-yl-methanone according to the general procedure A3. The product precipitates during the reaction, is filtered off and distributed between saturated NaHCO3 solution and ethyl acetate. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is treated with diethylether, filtered and dried. Yield: 13.3 g.
  • A-25) N-[7-Hydroxy-6-(6-methyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-propionamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00028
  • The title compound is obtained by reacting 4.10 g (18.3 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-propionamide and 6.79 g (36.0 mmol) (6-methyl-pyrid-3-yl)-imidazol-1-yl-methanone according to the general procedure A3. After the complete addition a dark, sticky gum has formed. The THF is decanted of and the gum is dissolved in a saturated solution of NaHCO3 in water. The mixture is extracted with CH2Cl2, the organic phases are washed with water and brine, dried on MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is triturated with diethylether and ACN. Yield: 1.50 g.
  • A-26) (2-Chloro-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-6-yl)-(6-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00029
  • The title compound is obtained from 2.10 g (11.2 mmol) 2-chloro-5,6-dihydro-4H-benzothiazol-7-one and 1.83 g (11.4 mmol) 6-fluoronicotinic acid chloride according to general procedure A1. The crude product is taken up in DMSO, water and ACN are added. A precipitate is formed, filtered off and washed with water. Yield: 1.20 g.
  • A-27) (2-Amino-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-6-yl)-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00030
  • To a solution of 2.50 g A-23 in 20 mL dioxane are added 15 mL of 4 M solution of HCl in dioxane. The mixture is stirred for 2.5 h at 80° C. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure, the crude product is used without further purification.
  • A-28) [7-Hydroxy-6-(6-methylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-carbamic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00031
  • The title compound is obtained from 2.70 g (7.73 mmol) [7-hydroxy-6-(6-fluoro-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-carbamic acid methyl ester (which was made in analogy to A-01) and 2.7 mL (32.0 mmol) of a solution of methylamine in water. The reaction is performed in a 1:1 mixture of THF and iPrOH according to the general procedure A4. For the work-up the solvent is removed under reduced pressure, the precipitate is filtered and washed with iPrOH. Yield: 2.31 g.
  • A-29) (2-Cyclopropylamino-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-6-yl)-(6-methylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00032
  • A solution of 200 mg (0.64 mmol) A-26 in THF is cooled to 0° C. A solution of methylamine in THF (1.6 mL, 2 M) is added and the mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 2 h and at RT for 2 h. Subsequently, 50 μL (0.72 mmol) cyclopropylamine are added and the mixture is stirred at RT for 18 h. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is used for the next step without further purification.
  • A-30) (7-Hydroxy-2-methylamino-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-6-yl)-(6-methylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00033
  • The title compound is obtained from 100 mg (0.32 mmol) A-26, 160 μL of a 2 M solution of methylamine in THF and 800 μL (1.60 mmol) of a 2 M solution of ethylamine in THF as outline for A-29. The product is purified by RP-HPLC. Yield: 33 mg.
  • A-31) Azetidine-1-carboxylic acid [7-hydroxy-6-(6-methyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-amide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00034
  • To a suspension of 2.0 g (5.33 mmol) (7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-thiocarbamic acid S-ethyl ester (which was made in analogy to A-32) in 20 mL iPrOH are added DIPEA (2.74 mL, 16.0 mmol) and azetidin (540 μL, 8.0 mmol). The mixture is heated in the microwave for 30 min at 90° C. and for 30 min at 110° C. After removal of the solvent in vacuo the product is purified by RP-HPLC. Yield: 831 mg.
  • A-32) [6-(6-Fluoro-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-thiocarbamic acid S-ethyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00035
  • The title compound is obtained from 12.0 g (46.8 mmol) (7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-thiocarbamic acid S-ethyl ester and 8.22 g (51.1 mmol) 6-fluoro-nicotinic acid chloride according to general procedure A1. The reaction is quenched with 25 mL 2 M hydrochloric acid and 100 mL phosphate buffer (pH 6). The crude product obtained after the extraction is treated with TBME. Yield: 18.5 g.
  • A-33) [7-Hydroxy-6-(6-methylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-thiocarbarnic acid S-ethyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00036
  • The title compound is obtained from 1.50 g (3.95 mmol) A-32 and 1.50 mL (19.8 mmol) of a solution of methylamine in water according to the general procedure A4. The reaction is performed in THF/iPrOH. After removal of the solvent in vacuo the remaining solid is treated with TBME. Yield 1.47 g.
  • A-34) [7-Hydroxy-6-(6-ethylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-thiocarbarnic acid S-ethyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00037
  • The title compound is obtained from 18.5 g (48.8 mmol) A-32 and 20.0 mL (247 mmol) of a solution of ethylamine in water according to the general procedure A4. The reaction is performed in THF/iPrOH at RT. Yield: 19.8 g.
  • A-35) [7-Hydroxy-6-(6-methyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-carbamic acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00038
  • To a mixture of LiHMDS (1 M in THF, 48 mL) in 75 mL dry THF 3.90 g (16.2 mmol) (7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-carbamic acid ethyl ester are added under argon atmosphere in small portions at −15° C. The mixture is stirred for 0.5 h and then the previously prepared solution of imidazol-1-yl-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone is added dropwise. After the complete addition a dark, sticky gum has formed. The THF is decanted off and the gum is dissolved in a saturated solution of NaHCO3 in water. The mixture is extracted with CH2Cl2, the organic phases are washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is triturated with ACN and dried in vacuo at 40° C. Yield: 4.45 g.
  • A-36) Ethyl-{5-[7-hydroxy-2-(3-methoxy-propionylamino)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazole-6-carbonyl]pyridin-2-yl}-carbamic acid tent-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00039
  • A-36a) 6-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl-ethyl-amino)-nicotinic acid
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00040
  • 6-Chloro-nicotinic acid methyl ester (60 g, 0.35 mol) is taken up in 500 mL 2 M ethyl-amine in THF and stirred at 100° C. in a sealed tube for 16 h. The reaction mixture is cooled to RT and the solvents are removed under reduced pressure. The residue is poured on ice and stirred for 15 min. The precipitate is filtered off, washed with water and dried in vacuo. The dried 6-ethylamino-nicotinic acid methyl ester (30 g, 0.17 mol) is dissolved in 150 mL DCM and triethylamine (29 mL, 0.20 mol), DMAP (4.0 g, 33 mmol) and BOC anhydride (100 mL, 0.42 mol) are added successively at 0° C. The reaction mixture is allowed to warm up to RT and stirred for 16 h. To the reaction mixture 100 mL of 10% citric acid in water is added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 10 min. The organic phase is separated, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. Yield: 60 g.
  • The crude 6-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-ethyl-amino)-nicotinic acid methyl ester is taken up in 100 mL dioxane and a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (13.5 g, 0.32 mol) in 100 mL water is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at RT for 4 h. The dioxane is removed from the reaction mixture under reduced pressure, water is added and the reaction mixture is acidified to pH 6 with a solution of 10% citric acid in water. The formed precipitate is filtered off and dried in vacuo. Yield: 36 g. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 13.2 (s, 1H), 8.8 (s, 1H), 8.2 (d, 1H), 7.8 (d, 1H), 4.0 (quart, 2H), 1.5 (s, 9H), 1.2 (t, 3H).
  • A-36b) (5-Chlorocarbonyl-pyridin-2-yl)-ethyl-carbamic acid tent-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00041
  • A-36a (6.40 g, 24.0 mmol) is taken up in 150 mL DCE, 1-chloro-N,N-2-trimethylpropenyl-amine (6.42 mL, 48.1 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT.
  • The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude product is used in the next step without purification.
  • A-36c) 3-Methoxy-N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-propionamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00042
  • To a mixture of 2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-benzothiazol-7—ONe (3.0 g, 18 mmol) and DBU (5.3 mL, 36 mmol) in 100 mL acetonitrile is added a solution of 1-imidazol-1-yl-3-methoxy-propan-1-one (6.9 g, 45 mmol) in acetonitrile. The reaction mixture is stirred for 15 min at RT and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is poured in water, acidified to pH 5 with 6 M aqueous HCl and the product is extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases are dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. Yield: 3.8 g. The product is used in the next step without purification. A-36 is synthesized according to general procedure A1 starting from 3.8 g (15 mmol) A-36c and 6.8 g (24 mmol) A-36b. Yield: 1.23 g.
  • A-37) 4-Dimethylamino-N-[6-(6-ethylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-butyramide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00043
  • A-37a) (2-Amino-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-6-yl)-(6-ethylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00044
  • To a mixture of 4.0 g (11 mmol) A-10 in 12 mL dioxane is added 8.8 mL conc. HCl and the reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h at 95° C. The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue is triturated with methanol and dried in vacuo at 40° C. Yield: 3.7 g.
  • To a mixture of 3.7 g (11 mmol) A-37a in 45 mL acetonitrile is added 3.5 mL (23 mmol) DBU and the reaction mixture is stirred for 10 min. at RT. Then a solution of 5.3 g (29 mmol) 4-dimethylamino-1-imidazol-1-yl-butan-1-one in acetonitrile is added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h at 100° C. and overnight at 60° C. The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and the product is purified by HPLC (C-18, 2-70% acetonitrile in water). Yield: 2.9 g.
  • A-38) N-tert-Butoxycarbonyl-[5-(2-acetylamino-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazole-6-carbonyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-carbamic acid tent-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00045
  • A-38a) 6-[N,N-Di-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-amino]-nicotinic acid
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00046
  • 6-Amino-nicotinic acid methyl ester (13.7 g, 90.0 mmol), triethyl amine (12.5 mL, 90.0 mmol) and DMAP (3.30 g, 27.0 mmol) are taken up in 200 mL DCM and a solution of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (41.3 g, 189 mmol) in 40 mL DCM is added drop wise. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT. An aqueous 5% KHSO4 solution is added and the reaction mixture is extracted with DCM. The combined organic phases are washed with an aqueous 50% saturated KHCO3 solution, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. Yield: 34.9 g.
  • Of this residue 17.3 g is taken up in a mixture of 150 mL MeOH and 300 mL water, lithium hydroxide (2.33 g, 97.3 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 3 h at RT. The reaction mixture is acidified to pH 4 with acetic acid and the formed precipitate is filtered off, washed with water and dried in vacuo. Yield: 11.8 g. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.0 (s, 1H), 8.2 (d, 1H), 7.2 (d, 2H), 1.4 (s, 18H).
  • A-38b) N-tert-Butoxycarbonyl-(5-chlorocarbonyl-pyridin-2-yl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00047
  • A-38a (5.00 g, 14.8 mmol) is dried by azeotropic distillation with toluene and then taken up in 20 mL dry THF and cooled to 0° C. 1-Chloro-N,N-2-trimethylpropenyl-amine (3.95 g, 30.0 mmol) is added drop wise and the reaction mixture is stirred at RT for 3 h. The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude product is used in the next step without purification.
  • A-38 is synthesized according to general procedure A1 starting from 8.0 g (38 mmol) N-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-acetamide and 21.7 g (61 mmol) A-38b. Yield: 10.9 g.
  • A-39) N-[6-(6-Ethylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-3-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-propionamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00048
  • Example A-39 is prepared analogously to example A-37 starting from 0.30 g (0.95 mmol) A-37a, 0.21 mL (1.4 mmol) DBU and 0.48 g (2.4 mmol) 1-imidazol-1-yl-3-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-propan-1-one. Yield: 66 mg.
  • A-40) {[6-(6-Ethylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-ylcarbamoyl]-methyl}-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00049
  • Example A-40 is prepared analogously to example A-37 starting from 0.30 g (0.95 mmol) A-37a, 0.21 mL (1.4 mmol) DBU and 0.57 g (2.4 mmol) (2-imidazol-1-yl-2-oxo-ethyl)-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester. Yield: 0.16 g.
  • A-41) {[6-(6-Ethylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-ylcarbamoyl]-methyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00050
  • Example A-41 is prepared analogously to example A-37 starting from 0.30 g (0.95 mmol) A-37a, 0.21 mL (1.4 mmol) DBU and 0.53 g (2.4 mmol) (2-imidazol-1-yl-2-oxo-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester. Yield: 0.19 g.
  • A-42) 2-Dimethylamino-N-[6-(6-ethylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl-]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00051
  • Example A-42 is prepared analogously to example A-37 starting from 0.30 g (0.95 mmol) A-37a, 0.21 mL (1.4 mmol) DBU and 0.36 g (2.4 mmol) 2-dimethylamino-1-imidazol-1-yl-ethanone. Yield: 0.20 g.
  • A-43) [7-Hydroxy-6-(6-methyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-carbamic acid 3-methoxy-propyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00052
  • A mixture of 0.30 g (1.0 mmol) A-27, 0.42 g (2.6 mmol) CDI and 0.31 mL (2.1 mmol) DBU is stirred at 100° C. for 8 h. Then 0.50 mL (5.2 mmol) 3-methoxy-1-propanol is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at 100° C. overnight. The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and the product is purified by HPLC (C-18, 5-80% acetonitrile in water). Yield: 87 mg.
  • A-44) [7-Hydroxy-6-(6-methyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-carbamic acid tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00053
  • Example A-44 is prepared analogously to example A-43 starting from 0.30 g (1.0 mmol) A-27, 0.42 g (2.6 mmol) CDI, 0.31 mL (2.1 mmol) DBU and 0.50 mL (5.2 mmol) tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol. Yield: 0.14 g.
  • A-45) [7-Hydroxy-6-(6-methyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-carbamic acid tetrahydro-furan-3-ylmethyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00054
  • Example A-45 is prepared analogously to example A-43 starting from 0.30 g (1.0 mmol) A-27, 0.42 g (2.6 mmol) CDI, 0.31 mL (2.1 mmol) DBU and 0.50 mL (5.2 mmol) (tetrahydro-furan-3-yl)-methanol. Yield: 83 mg.
  • A-46) N-tert-Butoxycarbonyl-{5-[2-(3,3-dimethyl-ureido)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazole-6-carbonyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00055
  • A-46a) 1,1-Dimethyl-3-(7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl)-urea
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00056
  • A mixture of 2-amino-5,6-dihydro-4H-benzothiazol-7-one (10 g, 59 mmol), DBU (18 mL, 0.12 mol) and CDI (24 g, 0.15 mol) in 400 mL acetonitrile is stirred for 5 h at 100° C. Then dimethylamine (150 mL, 2M in THF) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at 100° C. The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue is poured in water. The mixture is acidified to pH 5 with 6 M HCl in water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases are dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is triturated with diethyl ether. Yield: 9.1 g.
  • Example A-46 is synthesized according to general procedure A1 starting from 0.20 g (2.5 g, 10 mmol) A-46a and 6.0 g (17 mmol) A-38b. Yield: 2.5 g.
  • A-47) N-[6-(6-Amino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-4-dimethylamino-butyramide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00057
  • A-47a) (2-Amino-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-6-yl)-(6-amino-pyridin-3-yl)-methanone
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00058
  • A-47a is prepared analogously to example A-37a starting from 4.0 g (7.6 mmol) A-38. Yield: 2.7 g.
  • Example A-47 is prepared analogously to example A-37 starting from 2.0 g (6.9 mmol) A-47a, 2.1 mL (14 mmol) DBU and 3.1 g (17 mmol) 4-dimethylamino-1-imidazol-1-yl-butan-1-one. Yield: 1.9 g.
  • A-48) 1-[6-(6-Ethylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-3-methyl-urea
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00059
  • A solution of 5.00 g (12.4 mmol) A-34 in 30 mL of a 2 M solution of methylamine in methanol is heated at 100° C. for 20 min. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the crude reaction product is used without further purification in the next step.
  • A-49) 1-[6-(6-Ethylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-urea
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00060
  • A solution of 0.90 g (2.2 mmol) A-34 in 5.5 mL of a 2 M solution of ammonia in methanol is heated at 100° C. for 30 min. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the crude reaction product is used without further purification in the next step.
  • A-50) 1-[6-(6-Ethylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-3-ethyl-urea
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00061
  • A solution of 450 mg (1.1 mmol) A-34 in 2.8 mL of a 2 M solution of ethylamine in THF is heated at 120° C. for 20 min. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the crude reaction product is used without further purification in the next step.
  • A-51) 1-(2-Dimethylamino-ethyl)-3-[6-(6-ethylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-urea
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00062
  • A solution of 400 mg (0.99 mmol) A-34 and 545 μL (4.94 mmol) N,N-dimethyl-ethylene-diamine in 2 mL THF is heated at 120° C. for 20 min. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the crude reaction product is used without further purification in the next step.
  • A-52) 1-[6-(6-Ethylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-3-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-urea
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00063
  • A solution of 300 mg (0.74 mmol) A-34 and 322 μl (3.71 mmol) 2-methoxy-ethylamine in 3 mL THF is heated at 120° C. for 20 min. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the crude reaction product is used without further purification in the next step.
  • A-53) 1-(3-Dimethylamino-propyl)-3-[6-(6-ethylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-urea
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00064
  • A solution of 300 mg (0.74 mmol) A-34 and 467 μL (3.71 mmol) N,N-dimethyl-1,3-propenediamine in 3 mL THF is heated at 120° C. for 20 min. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the crude reaction product is used without further purification in the next step.
  • A-54) 1-[6-(6-Ethylamino-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-hydroxy-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-3-(3-methoxy-propyl)-urea
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00065
  • A solution of 300 mg (0.74 mmol) A-34 and 378 μL (3.71 mmol) 3-methoxy-propylamine in 3 mL THF is heated at 120° C. for 20 min. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the crude reaction product is used without further purification in the next step.
  • A-55) 1-(3-Dimethylamino-propyl)-3-[7-hydroxy-6-(6-methyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-4,5-dihydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-urea
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00066
  • To a suspension of 2.0 g (6.96 mmol) A-27 and 2.26 g (13.9 mmol) CDI in 7 mL acetonitrile is added 1.0 mL (6.52 mmol) DBU. The reaction mixture is heated for 10 min at 90° C. in the microwave. 1.56 g (15.3 mmol) N,N-dimethyl-1,3-propanediamine is added and the reaction mixture is heated for 10 min at 120° C. in the microwave. DCM and water are added and the mixture is adjusted to pH 1 with concentrated HCl solution. After phase separation the aqueous phase is washed five times with DCM. The aqueous phase is evaporated and the residue is taken up in DMSO. Purification is performed via preparative RP-HPLC. After removal of the solvent 350 mg (0.84 mmol) of the desired compound are obtained.
  • Intermediates B (Hydrazines)
  • B-01) 3-Chloro-4-hydrazino-N,N-dimethyl-benzamide hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00067
  • B-01a) 3-Chloro-4-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-benzamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00068
  • To a mixture of 3-chloro-4-fluorobenzoic acid (20.0 g, 115 mmol) in 100 mL THF is added carbonyldiimidazole (20.0 g, 126 mmol) and the reaction mixture is stirred at RT for 0.5 h. Then dimethylamine (1 M in THF, 171 mL) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred for another h. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo, re-dissolved in DCM, washed with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate and brine and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 20.0 g.
  • Hydrazine hydrate (150 mL, 4.96 mol) is added to a mixture of B-01a (20.0 g, 99.3 mmol) in 100 mL dioxane and the reaction mixture is stirred at reflux temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo, DCM is added and the reaction mixture washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in dioxane, cooled to 0° C. and hydrochloric acid (4 M in dioxane, 25 mL) is added. The reaction mixture is stirred for 1 h and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is triturated with diethyl ether. Yield: 21 g.
  • B-02) 4-Hydrazino-N,N-dimethyl-benzamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00069
  • B-02a) 4-Nitro-N,N-dimethyl-benzamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00070
  • To a mixture of 4-nitrobenzoyl chloride (7.20 g, 38.8 mmol) and dimethylamine hydrochloride (3.20 g, 39.2 mmol) in 100 mL DCM is added triethyl amine (14.0 mL, 99.6 mmol) at 0° C. The cooling bath is removed and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT. Then 300 mL DCM is added and the reaction mixture is washed with 50% saturated aqueous ammonium chloride, water, 50% saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and 0.1 M aqueous NaOH. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 5.37 g.
  • B-02b) 4-Amino-N,N-dimethyl-benzamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00071
  • B-02a (2.0 g, 10.3 mmol) is dissolved in 120 mL MeOH and 10% palladium on coal (200 mg) is added. The reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h under an atmosphere of 4 bar hydrogen. The reaction mixture is filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 1.69 g. To a mixture of B-02b (1.68 g, 10.2 mmol) in 30 mL concentrated hydrochloric acid at −10° C. is added a solution of sodium nitrite (755 mg, 10.9 mmol) in 7 mL water. The reaction mixture is stirred for 1 h at 0° C. and then at −5° C. a solution of tin(II) chloride dehydrate (4.81 g, 21.4 mmol) in 10 mL concentrated HCl is added. The cooling bath is removed and the reaction mixture is stirred for 1 h at RT. The reaction mixture is basified with 8 M aqueous sodium hydroxide and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases are dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is taken up in diethyl ether and 2 M HCl in diethyl ether is added until no more precipitate is formed. The precipitate is filtered of and dried in vacuo at 40° C. Yield: 213 mg.
  • B-03) [3-Fluoro-4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]hydrazine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00072
  • B-03a) 4-[2-(4-Bromo-2-fluoro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-morpholine
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00073
  • 4-Bromo-2-fluorophenol (16.7 g, 87.4 mmol) is dissolved in 100 mL DMF. N-(2-Chloro-ethyl)morpholine hydrochloride (18.5 g, 99.4 mmol), potassium carbonate (28.0 g, 203 mmol) and potassium iodide (100 mg, 0.602 mmol) are added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 3 h at 65° C. The reaction mixture is poured in water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases are washed with water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 27.7 g.
  • B-03b) N-Benzhydrylidene-N′-[3-fluoro-4-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-hydrazine
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00074
  • B-03a (27.7 g, 91.1 mmol) is dissolved in 300 mL toluene, degassed and added under argon atmosphere dropwise to a mixture of benzophenone hydrazone (18.8 g, 95.8 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (13.1 g, 136 mmol), BINAP (2.0 g, 3.21 mmol) and palladium(II) acetate (400 mg, 1.78 mmol). The reaction mixture is warmed to 100° C. and stirred for 2 h. Active charcoal is added and reaction mixture is filtered over Celite. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo and the residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% MeOH in DCM) followed by trituration with MeOH. Yield: 27.6 g.
  • B-03b (27.6 g, 65.7 mmol) is dissolved in 50 mL n-propanol and 50 mL concentrated hydrochloric acid is added. The reaction mixture is stirred at 120° C. for 3 h and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is taken up in fresh n-propanol, concentrated in vacuo again, triturated with DCM and dried in vacuo. Yield: 17.3 g.
  • B-04) [1-(4-Hydrazino-phenyl)-cyclopropyl]-dimethyl-amine
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00075
  • The compound is prepared according to WO 2007/113246.
  • B-05) 2-Fluoro-4-hydrazino-N,N-dimethyl-benzamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00076
  • B-05a) 2-Fluoro-4-nitro-benzoyl chloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00077
  • To a solution of 2-fluoro-4-nitrobenzoic acid (5.0 g, 27.0 mmol) in 70 mL DCM is added thionyl chloride (12.1 mL, 162 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at 50° C. for 1.5 h and overnight at RT. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo, the residue is taken up in fresh DCM and concentrated in vacuo again. Yield: 5.12 g.
  • B-05b) 2-Fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-4-nitro-benzamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00078
  • B-05a (5.12 g, 25.2 mmol) is dissolved in 60 mL THF and cooled to 0° C. DIPEA (5.17 ml, 30.2 mmol) is added followed by a 2 M solution of methyl amine in THF (12.6 mL, 25.2 mmol) and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT. Then 20 mL of a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution is added and the reaction mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases are washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 1.94 g.
  • B-05c) 4-Amino-2-fluoro-N,N-dimethyl-benzamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00079
  • A mixture of B-05b (1.94 g, 9.13 mmol) and 10% Pd on coal (194 mg) in 50 mL MeOH is stirred overnight at RT under an atmosphere of 5 bar hydrogen. The reaction mixture is filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 1.40 g.
  • B-05c (1.40 g, 7.68 mmol) is dissolved in 20 mL concentrated HCl and cooled to −10° C. Slowly a solution of sodium nitrite (1.36 g, 11.5 mmol) in 10 mL water is added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 4 h. A solution of tin(II)chloride dihydrate (6.94 g, 30.7 mmol) in 10 mL concentrated HCl is added and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT. The reaction mixture is cooled to 0° C., basified with 10 M aqueous NaOH and extracted with chloroform. The combined organic phases are washed with water, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 1.0 g.
  • B-06) (2-Methyl-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl)-hydrazine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00080
  • B-06a) 5-Bromo-2-methyl-isoindole-1,3-dione
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00081
  • A mixture of 3-bromophthalimide (10.0 g, 44.2 mmol), potassium carbonate (12.2 g, 88.5 mmol) and potassium iodide (50 mg, 0.30 mmol) are stirred in 80 mL DMF for 15 min. The reaction mixture is cooled to 0° C., methyl iodide (3.04 mL, 48.7 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT. The reaction mixture is filtered, the solids are washed with DMF and the filtrate is poured in water. The mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic phases are washed several times with water, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 7.10 g.
  • B-06b) 5-Bromo-2-methyl-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindole
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00082
  • B-06a (5.8 g, 24.2 mmol) is dissolved in 60 mL THF and cooled to 0° C. Borane dimethylsulfide complex (9.18 mL, 121 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is warmed to RT. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at reflux temperature. Additional borane dimethyl sulfide complex (9.18 mL, 121 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred for another 20 h at reflux temperature. The reaction mixture is cooled to RT, 40 mL MeOH and 12 mL conc. HCl are added and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at 80° C. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo, the residue is taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution. The water phase is extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic phases are dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 4.56 g.
  • B-06c) N-Benzhydrylidene-N′-(2-methyl-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl)-hydrazine
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00083
  • B-06c is prepared analogously to B-03b starting from B-06b (3.5 g, 16.5 mmol), benzophenone hydrazone (3.24 g, 16.5 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (2.38 g, 24.8 mmol), (2-biphenyl)-di-tert-butylphosphine (246 mg, 0.825 mmol) and palladium(II) acetate (111 mg, 0.495 mmol). Yield: 1.25 g.
  • B-06 is prepared analogously to B-03 starting from B-06c (1.55 g, 4.73 mmol). Yield: 620 mg.
  • B-07) (4-Hydrazino-benzyl)-dimethyl-amine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00084
  • B-07a) (4-Bromo-benzyl)-dimethyl-amine
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00085
  • At 5° C. 4-bromobenzylbromide (100 g, 402 mmol) in 100 mL DMF is added to a mixture of dimethylamine (40% in water, 150 mL, 1.33 mol). After 0.5 h stirring at RT, 6 M aqueous HCl is added and the reaction mixture is extracted with diethyl ether. The combined organic phases are washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by vacuum distillation (bp 58° C. at 2 mbar). Yield: 77.6 g. B-07b) [4-(N′-Benzhydrylidene-hydrazino)-benzyl]-dimethyl-amine
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00086
  • B-07b is prepared analogously to B-03b starting from B-07a (77.6 g, 362 mmol), benzophenone hydrazone (71.0 g, 362 mmol), sodium tert-pentoxide (59.8 g, 543 mmol), BINAP (5.12 mg, 8.20 mmol) and palladium(II)acetate (1.38 g, 6.16 mmol). Yield: 122 g. The product is purified by treatment with active coal in n-propanol.
  • B-07 is prepared analogously to B-03 starting from B-07b (122 g, 362 mmol). Yield: 57.6 g.
  • B-08) 2-(4-Hydrazino-phenyl)-ethanol
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00087
  • B-08 is prepared analogously to B-05 starting from 4-aminophenethyl alcohol (7.3 g, 53.2 mmol), sodium nitrite (3.7 g, 53.6 mmol) and tin(II) chloride dihydrate (50.0 g, 222 mmol). Yield: 3.70 g.
  • B-09) (4-Fluoro-3-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-phenyl)-hydrazine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00088
  • B-09a) 4-(5-Bromo-2-fluoro-benzyl)-morpholine
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00089
  • 5-Bromo-2-fluorobenzaldehyde (2.5 g, 12.3 mmol) and morpholine (1.62 g, 18.5 mmol) are dissolved in 50 mL DCE and stirred for 0.5 h. Acetic acid (0.42 mL, 7.4 mmol) and sodium trisacetoxyboronhydride (3.92 g, 18.5 mmol) are added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h. Then 50 mL of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate is added and the reaction mixture is stirred for another 0.5 h. The reaction mixture is extracted with DCM and the combined organic phases are dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 3.02 g.
  • B-09b) N-Benzhydrylidene-N′-(4-fluoro-3-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-phenyl)-hydrazine
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00090
  • B-09b is prepared analogously to B-03b starting from B-09a (3.0 g, 10.9 mmol), benzophenone hydrazone (2.15 g, 10.9 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (1.58 g, 16.4 mmol), (2-biphenyl)-di-tert-butylphosphine (135 mg, 0.438 mmol) and palladium(II)acetate (49 mg, 0.22 mmol). Yield: 2.40 g.
  • B-09 is prepared analogously to B-03 starting from B-09b (2.40 g, 6.16 mmol). Yield: 1.64 g.
  • B-10) [4-(1-Methyl-pyrrolidin-2-yl)-phenyl]hydrazine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00091
  • B-10a) 5-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrole
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00092
  • A mixture of 4’-bromo-4-chlororbutyrophenone (20.0 g, 76.5 mmol), sodium azide (7.46 g, 115 mmol) and sodium iodide (344 mg, 2.29 mmol) is stirred overnight at 55° C. The reaction mixture is poured on water and extracted with DCM. The organic phases are dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in 150 mL cyclohexane, triphenylphosphine (20.1 g, 76.5 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT. The reaction mixture is filtered and the solids are washed with cold diethyl ether. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo, water is added and the mixture is extracted with DCM. The combined organic phases are washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is treated with a mixture diethyl ether/cyclohexane (1/1, v/v), filtered and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 15.6 g.
  • B-10b) 2-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-pyrrolidine
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00093
  • To a mixture of B-10a (5.50 g, 24.5 mmol) in 20% acetic acid in MeOH at 0° C. is added sodium boronhydride (1.93 g, 36.8 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 1 h and then 4 h at RT. Then 20 mL 1M HCl is added and the reaction mixture is extracted with diethyl ether. The aqueous phase is basified with 10 M aqueous NaOH and extracted with DCM. The combined organic extracts are washed with brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 3.92 g.
  • B-10c) 2-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-1-methyl-pyrrolidine
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00094
  • To a mixture of B-10b (2.5 g, 11.1 mmol) and potassium carbonate (3.06 g, 22.1 mmol) in ACN is added methyl iodide (0.76 mL, 12 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture is stirred 0.5 h at RT and then filtered. The solids are washed with ACN and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with 0.01 M aqueous NaOH and brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% MeOH in DCM containing 0.5% ammonia). Yield: 1.35 g.
  • B-10d) N-Benzhydrylidene-N-[4-(1-methyl-pyrrolidin-2-yl)-phenyl]-hydrazine
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00095
  • B-10d is prepared analogously to B-03b starting from B-10c (1.35 g, 5.62 mmol) benzophenone hydrazone (1.10 g, 5.62 g), sodium tert-butoxide (0.81 g, 8.4 mmol), (2-biphenyl)di-tert-butyl phosphine (84 mg, 0.28 mmol) and paldium(II) acetate (38 mg, 0.17 mmol). Yield: 1.20 g.
  • B-10 is prepared analogously to B-03 starting from B-10d (1.20 g, 3.38 mmol). Yield: 0.42 g.
  • B-11) (4-Hydrazino-phenyl)-methanol is commercially available.
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00096
  • B-12) (3-Methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-hydrazine
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00097
  • B-012 is prepared analogously to B-05 starting from 3-methylsulfonylaniline hydrochloride (2.50 g, 11.4 mmol), sodium nitrite (1.18 g, 17.1 mmol) and tin(II)chloride dihydrate (14.9 g, 66.0 mmol). The product is purified by precipitation from ethyl acetate with cyclohexane. Yield: 1.08 g.
  • B-13) N-(3-Chloro-4-hydrazino-phenyl)-N-methyl-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00098
  • B-13a) N-(4-Bromo-3-chloro-phenyl)-N-methyl-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00099
  • To a solution of 4-bromo-3-chloroacetanilide (10.0 g, 40.2 mmol) in 50 mL THF is added 60% sodium hydride in mineral oil (2.40 g, 60.0 mmol) and the reaction mixture is stirred for 1 h at RT. The reaction mixture is cooled to 0° C., methyliodide (2.49 mL, 40.0 mmol) is added. After 2 h additional methyl iodide (0.25 mL, 4.0 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at RT for 10 min. The reaction mixture is quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride, filtered and extracted with diethyl ether. The organic phases are washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness. Yield: 10.3 g.
  • B-13b) N-[4-(Acetyl-methyl-amino)-2-chloro-phenyl]-hydrazinedicarboxylic acid di-tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00100
  • To lithium chloride (906 mg, 21.0 mmol) in 20 mL THF is added a 2 M solution of isopropylmagnesium chloride in diethyl ether (11.0 mL, 22.0 mmol) and the reaction mixture is stirred at RT for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture is cooled to -78° C. and a solution of B-13a (5.0 g, 19.0 mmol) in 10 mL THF is added. The reaction mixture is warmed to −15° C. and after 2 h di-tert-butylazodicarboxylate (4.39 g, 19.0 mmol) is added. After 20 min saturated aqueous ammonium chloride is added and the reaction mixture is extracted with diethyl ether. The organic phases are washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, 50 to 70% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane). Yield: 3.91 g.
  • B-13b (1.96 g, 4.74 mmol) is dissolved in 20 mL DCM, cooled to 0° C. and 20 mL trifluoroacetic acid is added. The reaction mixture is warmed to RT and stirred for 2 h. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo, neutralized with 5 M aqueous NaOH and extracted with DCM. The organic phases are washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 960 mg.
  • B-14) (4-Hydrazino-phenyl)-ethanone O-methyl-oxime hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00101
  • B-14a) N-(4-Acetyl-phenyl)-hydrazinedicarboxylic acid di-tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00102
  • A mixture of 4-methoxycarbonylphenylboronic acid (2.0 g, 12.2 mmol), di-tert-butylazo-dicarboxylate (2.88 g, 12.5 mmol) and copper(II) acetate (220 mg, 1.21 mmol) in 35 mL MeOH is stirred for 4 h at 45° C. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo, DCM is added and the mixture is washed with water. The organic phase is washed with brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is triturated with hot n-hexane. Yield: 2.46 g.
  • B-14b) N-(4-{1-[(E)-Methoxyimino]-ethyl}-phenyl)-hydrazinedicarboxylic acid di-tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00103
  • B-14a (2.10 g, 5.99 mmol) and O-methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (500 mg, 5.99 mmol) are stirred in MeOH for 4 h. The reaction mixture is diluted with DCM and washed with water and brine. The water phases are neutralized with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate and extracted with DCM. The combined organic phases are dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 1.92 g.
  • B-14b (1.92 g, 5.09 mmol) is dissolved in 20 mL dioxane and 12.8 mL 4 M HCl in dioxane are added. The reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h at 50° C. and overnight at RT. The reaction mixture is filtered and the solids are dried in vacuo. Yield: 1.10 g.
  • B-15) 4-Hydrazino-benzaldehyde O-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-oxime hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00104
  • B-15a) 2-(2-Methoxy-ethoxy)-isoindole-1,3-dione
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00105
  • A mixture of N-hydroxyphthalimide (30.0 g, 184 mmol) and potassium carbonate (25.4 g, 138 mmol) in 300 mL NMP is heated to 50° C. Potassium iodide (0.15 g, 0.90 mmol) and 2-bromoethyl methyl ether (19.0 ml, 202 mmol) are added and the reaction mixture is stirred at 80° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture is poured on 1 M aqueous HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases are dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is triturated with water and subsequently crystallized from EtOH. Yield: 17.1 g.
  • B-15b) O-(2-Methoxy-ethyl)-hydroxylamine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00106
  • B-15a (17.1 g, 77.3 mmol) is dissolved in ethyl acetate, ethanolamine (5.13 mL, 85.0 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h at 80° C. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo, triturated with diethyl ether and filtered. To the filtrate 1 M HCl in diethyl ether (77.3 mL, 77.3 mmol) is added and the formed precipitate is filtered off and dried in vacuo. Yield: 4.76 g.
  • B-15c) N-(4-Formyl-phenyl)-hydrazinedicarboxylic acid di-tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00107
  • B-15c is prepared analogously to B-14a starting from 4-formylphenylboronic acid (3.52 g, 23.5 mmol), di-tert-butylazodicarboxylate (5.95 g, 25.8 mmol) and copper(II) acetate (230 mg, 1.27 mmol). The product is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-60% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane).Yield: 7.50 g.
  • B-15d) N-{4-[(2-Methoxy-ethoxyimino)-methyl]-phenyl}-hydrazinedicarboxylic acid di-tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00108
  • B-15d is prepared analogously to B-14b starting from B-15c (3.96 g, 11.8 mmol) and B-15b (1.50 g, 11.8 mmol). The product is purified by preparative RP-HPLC (5-98% ACN in water). Yield: 4.25 g.
  • B-15 is prepared analogously to B-14 starting from B-15d (4.25 g, 10.4 mmol) and 4 M HCl in dioxane (25.9 mL, 104 mmol). Yield: 2.90 g.
  • B-16) 4-Hydrazino-benzaldehyde O-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-oxime hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00109
  • B-16a) 2-(2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-isoindole-1,3-dione hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00110
  • B-16a is prepared analogously to B-15a starting from N-hydroxyphthalimide (5.0 g, 30.7 mmol), potassium carbonate (4.24 g, 30.7 mmol) and N-(2-chloroethyl)morpholine hydrochloride (6.27 g, 33.7 mmol). The product is isolated as the hydrochloride.
  • Yield: 4.22 g.
  • B-16b) O-(2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethyl)-hydroxylamine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00111
  • B-16b is prepared analogously to B-15b starting from B-16a (4.22 g, 15.3 mmol) and ethanolamine (1.01 mL, 16.8 mmol). Yield: 1.31 g.
  • B-16c) N-{4-[(2-Morpholin-4-yl-ethoxyimino)-methyl]-phenyl}-hydrazinedicarboxylic acid di-tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00112
  • B-16c is prepared analogously to B-14a starting from B-16b (1.31 g, 7.17 mmol) and B-15c (2.41 g, 7.17 mmol). The product is purified by preparative RP-HPLC (5-98% ACN in water) Yield: 1.48 g.
  • B-16c is taken up in 5 mL dioxane and 8.0 mL of a 4 M solution of HCl in dioxane is added. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is triturated in DCM. Yield: 0.52 g.
  • B-17) 2,6-Difluoro-4-hydrazino-benzaldehyde O-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-oxime hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00113
  • B-17a) N,N-(3,5-Difluoro-4-formyl-phenyl)-hydrazinedicarboxylic acid di-tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00114
  • B-17a is prepared analogously to B-14a starting from 3,5-difluoro-4-formylboronic acid (5.0 g, 26.9 mmol), di-tert-butylazocarboxylate (6.81 g, 29.6 mmol) and copper(II) acetate (488 mg, 2.69 mmol). Yield: 9.93 g.
  • B-17b) N,N-{3,5-Difluoro-4-[(2-methoxy-ethoxyimino)-methyl]-phenyl}-hydrazine-dicarboxylic acid di-tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00115
  • B-17b is prepared analogously to B-14b starting from B-17a (1.46 g, 3.92 mmol) and B-15b (500 mg, 3.92 mmol). The product is purified by preparative RP-HPLC (5-98% ACN in water). Yield: 700 mg.
  • B-17 is prepared analogously to B-14 starting from B-17b (700 mg, 1.57 mmol) and 4 M HCl in dioxane (3.93 mL, 15.7 mmol). Yield: 263 mg.
  • B-18) 2,3-Difluoro-4-hydrazino-benzaldehyde O-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-oxime hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00116
  • B-18a) N,N-(2,3-Difluoro-4-formyl-phenyl)-hydrazinedicarboxylic acid di-tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00117
  • B-18a is prepared analogously to B-14a starting from 2,3-difluoro-4-formylboronic acid (5.0 g, 26.9 mmol), di-tert-butylazodicarboxylate (6.81 g, 29.6 mmol) and copper(II) acetate (488 mg, 2.69 mmol). Yield: 9.70 g.
  • B-18b) N,N-{2,3-Difluoro-4-[(2-methoxy-ethoxyimino)-methyl]-phenyl}-hydrazine-dicarboxylic acid di-tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00118
  • B-18b is prepared analogously to B-14b starting from B-18a (1.46 g, 3.92 mmol) and B-15b (500 mg, 3.92 mmol). The product is purified by preparative RP-HPLC (5-98% ACN in water). Yield: 840 mg.
  • B-18 is prepared analogously to B-14 starting from B-18b (840 mg, 1.89 mmol) and 4 M HCl in dioxane (4.72 ml, 18.9 mmol). Yield: 276 mg.
  • B-19) Cyclopropylmethyl-hydrazine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00119
  • B-19a) N-[1-Cyclopropyl-methylidene]-hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00120
  • Cyclopropylcarboxaldehyde (4.07 mL, 14.3 mmol) is dissolved in 3 mL MeOH and tert-butylcarbazate (1.89 g, 14.3 mmol) is added. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT and subsequently concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 2.57 g.
  • B-19b) N-Cyclopropylmethyl-hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00121
  • To a mixture of B-19a (2.57 g, 13.9 mmol) in 13 mL 50% aqueous acetic acid is added sodium cyanoborohydride (877 mg, 13.9 mmol) and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight RT. The reaction mixture is basified with 10 M aqueous NaOH and extracted with DCM. The combined organic extracts are washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 2.05 g.
  • B-19b (2.05 g, 11.0 mmol) is dissolved in 3 mL dioxane and 4 M HCl in dioxane (13.8 mL, 55.0 mmol) is added. The reaction mixture is stirred at RT and then concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 1.30 g.
  • B-20 (1-Ethyl-propyl)-hydrazine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00122
  • B-20a) N-(1-Ethyl-propylidene)-hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00123
  • B-20a is prepared analogously to B-19a starting from 3-pentanone (1.23 mL, 11.6 mmol) and tert-butylcarbazate (1.53 g, 11.6 mmol). Yield: 2.26 g.
  • B-20b) N-(1-Ethyl-propyl)-hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00124
  • B-20b was prepared analogously to B-19b starting from B-20a (2.26 g, 11.3 mmol) and sodium cyanoborohydride (709 mg, 11.3 mmol). Yield: 1.68 g.
  • B-20 is prepared analogously to B-19 starting from B-20b (1.68 g, 8.31 mmol) and 4 M hydrochloric acid in dioxane (10.4 ml, 41.5 mmol). Yield: 1.20 g.
  • B-21) Isobutyl-hydrazine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00125
  • B-21a) N-[2-Methyl-propylidene]-hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00126
  • B-21a is prepared analogously to B-19a starting from isobutyraldehyde (1.26 mL, 13.9 mmol) and tert-butylcarbazate (1.83 g, 13.9 mmol). Yield: 2.56 g.
  • B-21b) N-Isobutyl-hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00127
  • B-21b is prepared analogously to B-19b starting from B-21a (2.56 g, 13.7 mmol) and sodium cyanoborohydride (864 mg, 13.7 mmol). Yield: 1.97 g.
  • B-21 is prepared analogously to B-19 starting from B-21b (1.97 g, 10.5 mmol) and 4 M HCl in dioxane (13.1 mL, 52.3 mmol). Yield: 1.30 g.
  • B-22) (Tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-hydrazine
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00128
  • B-22a) N-(Tetrahydro-pyran-4-ylidene)-hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00129
  • B-22a was prepared analogously to B-19a starting from tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one (923 μL, 9.99 mmol) and tert-butylcarbazate (1.32 g, 9.99 mmol). Yield: 2.15 g.
  • B-22b) N-(Tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00130
  • B-22b is prepared analogously to B-19b starting from B-22a (2.15 g, 10.0 mmol) and sodium cyanoborohydride (631 mg, 10.0 mmol). Yield: 1.57 g.
  • B-22 is prepared analogously to B-19 starting from B-22b (1.57 g, 7.26 mmol) and 4 M HCl in dioxane (9.07 ml, 36.3 mmol). Yield: 1.10 g.
  • B-23) (2-Methyl-allyl)-hydrazine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00131
  • B-23a) N-[2-Methyl-prop-2-en-(E)-ylidene]-hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00132
  • B-23a is prepared analogously to B-19a starting from methacroleine (1.18 ml, 14.3 mmol) and tert-butylcarbazate (1.89 g, 14.3 mmol). Yield: 2.61 g.
  • B-23b) N-(2-Methyl-allyl)-hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00133
  • B-23b is prepared analogously to B-19b starting from B-23a (2.61 g, 14.2 mmol) and sodium cyanoborohydride (890 mg, 14.2 mmol). Yield: 1.88 g.
  • B-23 is prepared analogously to B-19 starting from B-23b (1.88 g, 10.1 mmol) and 4 M HCl in dioxane (12.6 mL, 50.5 mmol). Yield: 1.14 g.
  • B-24) (2-Methoxy-ethyl)-hydrazine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00134
  • B-24a) N′-Isopropylidene-hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00135
  • To a solution of tert-butylcarbazate (50.0 g, 378 mmol) in 40 mL acetone is added 10 g MgSO4 and 5 mL acetic acid and the reaction mixture is stirred at reflux temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture is filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is crystallized from diethyl ether/cyclohexane. Yield: 49.4 g.
  • B-24b) N-Isopropylidene-N-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00136
  • B-24a (5.0 g, 29.0 mmol) is dissolved in 70 mL toluene and potassium hydroxide (2.12 g, 37.7 mmol) and tetrabutylammonium hydrogensulfate (986 mg, 2.90 mmol) are added. The reaction mixture is heated to 50° C. and 2-bromoethyl methyl ether (3.23 mL, 34.8 mmol) is added. Next the reaction mixture is heated to 80° C. and stirred for 2 h. The reaction mixture is washed with water, the organic phase is dried on MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 4.35 g.
  • To a solution of B-24b (4.25 g, 18.9 mmol) in 80 mL THF is added 2 M aqueous HCl (18.9 mL, 37.8 mmol) and the reaction mixture is stirred at reflux temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo and co-evaporated several times with toluene. Yield: 2.93 g.
  • B-25) Prop-2-ynyl-hydrazine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00137
  • B-25a) N′-Isopropylidene-N-prop-2-ynyl-hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00138
  • B-25a is prepared analogously to B-24b starting from B-24a (2.34 g, 13.6 mmol), potassium hydroxide (991 mg, 17.7 mmol), tetrabutylammonium hydrogensulfate (461 mg, 1.36 mmol) and propargyl chloride (70% in toluene, 1.8 mL, 16.3 mmol). Yield: 1.99 g.
  • B-25 is prepared analogously to B-24 starting from B-25a (1.99 g, 9.64 mmol) and 2 M aqueous HCl (9.46 mL, 18.9 mmol). Yield: 1.03 g.
  • B-26) Piperidin-4-yl-hydrazine is commercially available.
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00139
  • B-27) [1-(2-Methoxy-ethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]hydrazine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00140
  • B-27a) N-Piperidin-4-ylidene-hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00141
  • A mixture of 4-piperidone hydrochloride monohydrate (31.2 g, 203 mmol) and tert-butylcarbazate (26.8 g, 203 mmol) in 100 mL MeOH is stirred over weekend at RT and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is crystallized from ethyl acetate. Yield: 47.5 g.
  • B-27b) N′-Piperidin-4-yl-hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00142
  • B-27a (40.2 g, 161 mmol) is dissolved in 50% aqueous acetic acid (240 mL) and sodium cyanoborohydride (12.1 g, 193 mmol) is added under cooling with an ice bath and the reaction mixture is stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture is basified and extracted with DCM. The organic phases are washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 21.1 g.
  • B-27c) N-E1-(2-Methoxy-ethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00143
  • To a mixture of B-27b (2.50 g, 11.6 mmol), potassium carbonate (2.76 g, 20.0 mmol) and potassium iodide (50 mg, 0.30 mmol) in 25 mL DMF is added 2-bromoethyl methyl ether (1.23 mL, 12.8 mmol) and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT. The reaction mixture is poured on water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts are washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 2.65 g.
  • B-27c is taken up in dioxane, treated with 4 M hydrochloric acid in dioxane (10.0 mL, 40.0 mmol) and stirred overnight at RT. The formed precipitate is filtered off and dried in vacuo. Yield: 1.2 g.
  • B-28) (1-Prop-2-ynyl-piperidin-4-yl)-hydrazine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00144
  • B-28a) N′-(1-Prop-2-ynyl-piperidin-4-yl)-hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00145
  • B-28a is prepared analogously to B-27c starting from B-27b (10.0 g, 46.4 mmol), potassium carbonate (4.0 g, 29.0 mmol) and propargyl bromide (80% in toluene, 5.26 mL, 48.8 mmol). Yield: 12.4 g.
  • B-28 is prepared analogously to B27 starting from B-28 a (12.4 g, approximately 46.4 mmol) and 4 M hydrochloric acid in dioxane (61.3 ml, 245 mmol). Yield: 9.30 g.
  • B-29) (1-Cyclopropyl-piperidin-4-yl)-hydrazine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00146
  • B-29a) N′-(1-Cyclopropyl-piperidin-4-ylidene)-hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00147
  • A mixture of 1-cyclopropyl-4-piperidon (10.0 g. 71.8 mmol) and tert-butylcarbazate (9.50 g, 71.8 mmol) in 25 mL THF is stirred for 3 h at RT and then concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 19.2 g.
  • B-29b) N′-(1-Cyclopropyl-piperidin-4-yl)-hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00148
  • B-29b is prepared analogously to B-27b starting from B-29a (18.0 g, 71.1 mmol) and sodium cyanoborohydride (4.47 g, 71.1 mmol). Yield: 17.2 g.
  • Under cooling with an ice bath acetyl chloride (14.3 mL, 201 mmol) is added to 40 mL EtOH. Then B-29b (17.2 g, 67.3 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 1 h at RT. The reaction mixture is filtered and the solids are dried in vacuo at 40° C. Yield: 12.3 g.
  • B-30) (1-Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-hydrazine is commercially available
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00149
  • B-31) 4-Hydrazino-benzaldehyde O-methyl-oxime hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00150
  • A mixture of B-15c (7.50 g, 22.3 mmol) and methoxyamine hydrochloride (1.95 g, 23.4 mmol) in 50 mL MeOH is stirred under reflux at 75° C. for 2 h. Then 1 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid is added and the reaction mixture is stirred for another h at 75° C. and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dried in vacuo at 40° C. overnight and then triturated with DCM. Yield: 3.2 g.
  • B-32 [1-(3-Fluoro-4-hydrazino-phenyl)-cyclopropyl]-dimethyl-amine hydrochloric acid
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00151
  • B-32a) [1-(4-Bromo-3-fluoro-phenyl)-cyclopropyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00152
  • A mixture of 1-(4-bromo-3-fluorophenyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (7.4 g, 28.6 mmol, prepared from 1-bromo-4-bromomethyl-2-fluorobenzene according to Peretto et al. J Med. Chem. 2005, 48, 5705-20), DIPEA (6.36 mL, 37.1 mmol), tert-butanol (67.0 mL, 714 mmol), diphenylphosphorylazide (7.37 mL, 34.3 mmol) and molsieve (4 Å) in 100 mL toluene is stirred under reflux overnight. The reaction mixture is filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is taken up in ethylacetate and washed with 5% aqueous citric acid, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate and brine. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 9.37 g.
  • B-32b) [1-(4-Bromo-3-fluoro-phenyl)-cyclopropyl]-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00153
  • To a solution of B-32a (9.37 g, 28.4 mmol) in 120 mL DMF is added sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 1.7 g, 42.6 mmol) and the reaction mixture is stirred at RT for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture is warmed to 40° C. and methyl iodide (3.89 mL, 62.4 mmol) is added. After 1 h the reaction mixture is poured on ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases are washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 8.54 g.
  • B-32c) [1-(4-Bromo-3-fluoro-phenyl)-cyclopropyl]-methyl-amine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00154
  • A mixture of B-32b (8.54 g, 24.8 mmol) in 4 M hydrochloric acid in dioxane (31.0 mL, 124 mmol) is stirred for 1 h at RT and then concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 7.28 g.
  • B-32d) [1-(4-Bromo-3-fluoro-phenyl)-cyclopropyl]-dimethyl-amine
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00155
  • A mixture of B-32c (7.28 g, 25.9 mmol) and formaldehyde (30% in water, 3.90 mL, 38.9 mmol) in 150 mL 1,2-dichloroethane is stirred vigorously for 0.5 h at RT. Acetic acid (2.23 mL, 38.9 mmol) and sodium trisacetoxyborohydride (8.25 g, 38.9 mmol) are added under cooling with ice water and the reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h at RT. Saturated aqeous sodium hydrogencarbonate is added and the reaction mixture is extracted with DCM. The combined organic phases are dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 7.07 g.
  • B-32e) {1-[4-(N-Benzhydrylidene-hydrazino)-3-fluoro-phenyl]-cyclopropyl}-dimethyl-amine
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00156
  • A mixture of B-32d (7.07 g, approximately 25.9 mmol), benzophenone hydrazone (5.38 g, 27.4 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (3.95 g, 41.1 mmol) and (2-biphenyl)-di-tert-butylphosphine (422 mg, 1.37 mmol) in 200 mL dioxane is degassed and put under an argon atmosphere. Palladium(II) acetate (122 mg, 548 μmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h at 80° C. The reaction mixture is filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 1-5% MeOH in DCM). Yield: 4.84 g.
  • B-32e (4.8 g, 12.9 mmol) is dissolved in 10 mL n-propanol and 10 mL concentrated HCl is added. The reaction mixture is stirred for 1 h at 100° C. and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is taken up in fresh n-propanol, concentrated in vacuo again, triturated with DCM and dried in vacuo at 40° C. Yield: 1.93 g.
  • B-33) 4-Hydrazino-3-methoxy-benzoic acid methyl ester is prepared according to WO2007113245.
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00157
  • B-34) 3-Ethoxy-4-hydrazino-benzoic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00158
  • B-34a) 3-Ethoxy-4-nitro-benzoic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00159
  • A mixture of methyl 3-hydroxyl-4-nitrobenzoate (25.1 g, 125 mmol) and bromoethane (20 mL, 263 mmol) in 200 mL ACN is cooled to 15° C. Potassium carbonate (54.4 g, 390 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at 60° C. Additional bromoethane (10 mL, 131 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at 95° C. The reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is triturated with ACN and dried in vacuo. Yield: 26.5 g.
  • B-34b) 4-Amino-3-ethoxy-benzoic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00160
  • A mixture of B-34a (26.5 g, 118 mmol) and Raney nickel (1.5 g, 5.43 mmol) in 150 mL THF is stirred for 5 d at RT under an atmosphere of 10 bar dihydrogen. The reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is lyophilized from dioxane. Yield: 21.7 g.
  • B-34 is prepared analogously to B-05 starting from B-34b (21.5 g, 108 mmol), sodium nitrite (7.75 g, 110 mmol) and tin(II) chloride dihydrate (104 g, 453 mmol). The product is lyophilized from dioxane. Yield: 19.3 g.
  • B-35) 3-Hydrazino-N,N-dimethyl-benzenesulfonamide hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00161
  • B-35a) N-(3-Dimethylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-hydrazinedicarboxylic acid di-tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00162
  • B-35a is prepared analogously to B-14a starting from 3-(N,N-dimethylsulphonamido)-benzeneboronic acid (1.0 g, 4.37 mmol), di-tert-butylazodicarboxylate (1.11 g, 4.83 mmol) and copper(II) acetate (79 mg, 0.44 mmol). The product is purified by preparative RP-HPLC (5-98% ACN in water). Yield: 1.15 g.
  • B-35 is prepared analogously to B-14 starting from B-35a (1.15 g, 2.77 mmol) and 4 M HCl in dioxane (6.92 ml, 27.8 mmol). Yield: 527 mg.
  • B-36) (3-Trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-hydrazine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00163
  • B-36a) N-(3-Trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-hydrazinedicarboxylic acid di-tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00164
  • B-36a is prepared analogously to B-14a starting from 3-(trifluoromethoxy)benzeneboronic acid (1.0 g, 4.86 mmol), di-tert-butylazodicarboxylate (1.23 g, 5.34 mmol) and copper(II) acetate (88 mg, 0.49 mmol). The product is purified by preparative RP-HPLC (5-98% ACN in water). Yield: 1.26 g.
  • B-36 is prepared analogously to B-14 starting from B-36a (1.26 g, 3.21 mmol) and 4 M HCl in dioxane (8.03 ml, 32.1 mmol). Yield: 557 mg.
  • B-37) (3-Pyrazol-1-yl-phenyl)-hydrazine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00165
  • B-37a) N-(3-Pyrazol-1-yl-phenyl)-hydrazinedicarboxylic acid di-tert-butyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00166
  • B-37a is prepared analogously to B-14a starting from 3-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)phenylboronic acid (800 mg, 4.26 mmol), di-tert-butylazodicarboxylate (1.08 g, 4.68 mmol) and copper(II) acetate (77 mg, 0.43 mmol). Yield: 1.17 g.
  • B-37 is prepared analogously to B-14 starting from B-37a (1.17 g, 3.13 mmol) and 4 M HCl in dioxane (7.81 mL, 31.3 mmol). Yield: 518 mg.
  • EXAMPLES C
  • Examples C-01 to C-118 can be synthesized according to one of the following general procedures. The appropriate hydrazine and diketone required for synthesis can be deduced from the table of examples.
  • General Procedure C1:
  • The appropriate diketone (1 eq.) and the appropriate hydrazine or hydrazine hydrochloride (1 eq.) are added to acetic acid and allowed to stir at RT for 24 h. The acetic acid is removed under reduced pressure, the resulting crude material is dissolved in NMP and purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). The resulting product fractions are collected and the solvent removed via freeze-drying to yield the desired product.
  • General Procedure C2:
  • The appropriate diketone (1 eq.) and the appropriate hydrazine or hydrazine hydrochloride (5-10 eq.) are added to acetic acid and heated to 85° C.-160° C. for 1-6 h in the microwave. The acetic acid is removed under reduced pressure, the resulting crude material dissolved in NMP and purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-TFA pH 1). The resulting product fractions recollected and the solvent removed via freeze-drying to yield the desired product.
  • General Procedure C3
  • The appropriate diketone (1 eq.) and the appropriate hydrazine hydrochloride (1 eq.) are added to EtOH and heated to 100° C.-140° C. for 15-60 min in the microwave. The EtOH is removed under reduced pressure, the resulting crude material dissolved in NMP and purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-TFA pH 1). The resulting product fractions are collected and the solvent removed via freeze-drying to yield the desired product.
  • General Procedure C4:
  • The appropriate diketone (1 eq.) and the appropriate hydrazine or hydrazine hydrochloride (1.3 eq.) are added to acetic acid and allowed to stir at 70° C. for 2 d. The acetic acid is removed under reduced pressure, the resulting crude material is dissolved in DMSO/TFA and purified using RP-LC/MS. The resulting product fractions are collected and the solvent is removed via freeze-drying to yield the desired product.
  • TABLE 1
    Examples C-01-C-117
    No. MOLSTRUCTURE Diketone Hydrazine [M + H]+ rt
    C-01
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00167
    A-01 B-03 553 1.51
    C-02
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00168
    A-02 B-01 536 1.09
    C-03
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00169
    A-02 B-31 488 1.25
    C-04
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00170
    A-03 B-01 564 1.18
    C-05
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00171
    A-04 B-01 548 1.06
    C-06
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00172
    A-04 B-31 500 1.19
    C-07
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00173
    A-05 B-01 548 1.06
    C-08
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00174
    A-05 B-31 500 1.19
    C-09
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00175
    A-06 B-01 550 1.1
    C-10
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00176
    A-06 B-31 502 1.24
    C-11
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00177
    A-07 B-19 395 1.01
    C-12
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00178
    A-07 B-20 411 1.13
    C-13
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00179
    A-07 B-21 397 1.05
    C-14
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00180
    A-07 B-28 462 1.02
    C-15
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00181
    A-07 B-29 464 1.12
    C-16
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00182
    A-07 cyclopentyl- hydrazine 409 1.18
    C-17
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00183
    A-07 ethylhydrazine 369 0.99
    C-18
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00184
    A-07 hydrazine 341 0.95
    C-19
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00185
    A-07 isopropyl- hydrazine 383 1.03
    C-20
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00186
    A-07 o,o-dimethyl- phenylhydrazine 445 1.09
    C-21
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00187
    A-07 o-methylphenyl- hydrazine 431 1.11
    C-22
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00188
    A-07 t-butylhydrazine 397 1.14
    C-23
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00189
    A-08 o-chlorophenyl hydrazine 508 1.15
    C-24
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00190
    A-09 cyclohexyl- hydrazine 467 1.22
    C-25
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00191
    A-10 B-22 439 1.04
    C-26
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00192
    A-10 B-23 409 1.06
    C-27
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00193
    A-10 B-24 413 1.01
    C-28
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00194
    A-10 B-25 393 1.02
    C-29
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00195
    A-10 B-28 476 1.09
    C-30
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00196
    A-10 B-30 452 1.06
    C-31
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00197
    A-10 ethylhydrazine 383 1.03
    C-32
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00198
    A-10 isopropyl- hydrazine 397 1.1
    C-33
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00199
    A-10 methyl- hydrazine 369 1.01
    C-34
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00200
    A-10 o-methylphenyl- hydrazine 445 1.95
    C-35
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00201
    A-10 t-butyl- hydrazine 411 1.21
    C-36
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00202
    A-11 B-27 510 1.09
    C-37
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00203
    A-11 isopropyl- hydrazine 411 1.14
    C-38
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00204
    analogous to A-11 isopropyl- hydrazine 397 1.06
    C-39
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00205
    A-12 B-04 505 1.6
    C-40
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00206
    A-13 phenyl- hydrazine 406 1.97
    C-41
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00207
    A-14 B-02 473 1.48
    C-42
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00208
    A-15 isopropyl- hydrazine 382 1.12
    C-43
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00209
    A-16 B-01 535 1.16
    C-44
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00210
    A-17 B-05 507 1.04
    C-45
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00211
    A-17 B-06 473 1.13
    C-46
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00212
    A-17 ethyl- hydrazine 370 1.04
    C-47
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00213
    A-18 isopropyl- hydrazine 382 1.1
    C-48
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00214
    A-19 B-28 483 1.19
    C-49
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00215
    A-20 B-07 470 1.47
    C-52
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00216
    A-23 (2,2,2-trifluoro- ethyl)- hydrazine 408 1.1
    C-53
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00217
    A-23 (2-bromo- phenyl)- hydrazine 480 1.15
    C-54
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00218
    A-23 (2-fluoro- phenyl)- hydrazine 420 1.12
    C-55
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00219
    A-23 B-37 468 1.16
    C-56
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00220
    A-23 B-36 486 1.26
    C-57
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00221
    A-23 (6-chloro- pyridin-3-yl)- hydrazine 437 1.14
    C-58
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00222
    A-23 2-hydrazino- benzonitrile 427 1.16
    C-59
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00223
    A-23 2-hydrazino- ethanol 370 0.95
    C-60
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00224
    A-23 B-35 509 1.15
    C-61
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00225
    A-23 3-hydrazino- propionitrile 379 1.01
    C-62
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00226
    A-23 B-08 446 1.45
    C-63
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00227
    A-23 B-12 480 1.01
    C-64
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00228
    A-23 B-13 507 1.78
    C-65
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00229
    A-23 B-14 473 1.18
    C-66
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00230
    A-23 B-15 503 1.2
    C-67
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00231
    A-23 B-16 558 1.15
    C-68
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00232
    A-23 B-17 539 1.21
    C-69
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00233
    A-23 B-18 539 1.2
    C-70
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00234
    A-23 B-26 409 1.01
    C-71
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00235
    A-23 B-31 459 2.01
    C-72
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00236
    A-23 benzyl- hydrazine 416 1.14
    C-73
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00237
    A-23 isopropyl- hydrazine 368 1.13
    C-74
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00238
    A-23 N-(3-hydrazino- phenyl)- acetamide HCl 459 1.02
    C-75
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00239
    A-23 pyridin-2-yl- hydrazine 403 1.15
    C-76
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00240
    A-24 B-09 535
    C-77
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00241
    A-24 B-10 501
    C-78
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00242
    A-24 B-11 448 0.93
    C-79
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00243
    A-24 cyclobutyl- hydrazine 396 1.01
    C-80
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00244
    A-24 isopropyl- hydrazine 384 0.99
    C-81
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00245
    A-27 isopropyl- hydrazine 326 1.09
    C-82
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00246
    A-28 o-methylphenyl- hydrazine 447 1.01
    C-83
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00247
    A-29 B-31 472 1.25
    C-84
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00248
    A-30 B-31 446 1.19
    C-85
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00249
    A-31 isopropyl- hydrazine 409 1.08
    C-86
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00250
    A-35 B-32 533
    C-87
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00251
    A-23 (2-hydrazino- ethyl)- dimethyl- amine 397 1.27
    C-88
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00252
    A-23 (2-morpholin- 4-yl-ethyl)- hydrazine 439 1.25
    C-89
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00253
    A-23 (2-trifluoro- methyl- phenyl)- hydrazine 470 1.58
    C-90
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00254
    A-23 (2-methoxy- phenyl)- hydrazine 432 1.47
    C-91
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00255
    A-23 (2-trifluoro- methoxy- phenyl)- hydrazine 486 1.70
    C-92
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00256
    A-23 o-methyl- phenyl- hydrazine 416 1.89
    C-93
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00257
    A-23 isobutyl- hydrazine 382 1.86
    C-94
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00258
    A-36 isopropyl- hydrazine 441 1.53
    C-95
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00259
    A-37 isopropyl- hydrazine 468 1.63
    C-96
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00260
    A-47 isopropyl- hydrazine 440 1.49
    C-97
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00261
    A-39 o-methyl- phenyl- hydrazine 539 1.62
    C-98
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00262
    A-46 o-methyl- phenyl- hydrazine 446 1.43
    C-99
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00263
    A-38 o-methyl- phenyl- hydrazine 417 1.59
     C-100
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00264
    A-37 o-methyl- phenyl- hydrazine 516 1.76
     C-101
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00265
    A-36 o-methyl- phenyl- hydrazine 489 1.75
     C-102
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00266
    A-41 o-methyl- phenyl- hydrazine 460 1.39
     C-103
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00267
    A-40 o-methyl- phenyl- hydrazine 474 1.49
     C-104
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00268
    A-42 o-methyl- phenyl- hydrazine 488 1.71
     C-105
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00269
    A-43 isopropyl- hydrazine 442 1.46
     C-106
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00270
    A-44 isopropyl- hydrazine 454 1.43
     C-107
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00271
    A-45 isopropyl- hydrazine 454 1.44
     C-108
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00272
    A-49 o-tolylhydrazine hydrochloride 446 1.53
     C-109
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00273
    A-48 o-tolylhydrazine hydrochloride 460 1.59
     C-110
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00274
    A-50 o-tolylhydrazine hydrochloride 474
     C-111
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00275
    A-51 o-tolylhydrazine hydrochloride 517 1.61
     C-112
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00276
    A-52 o-tolylhydrazine hydrochloride 504 1.76
     C-113
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00277
    A-54 o-tolylhydrazine hydrochloride 518 1.83
     C-114
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00278
    A-53 o-tolylhydrazine hydrochloride 531 1.84
     C-115
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00279
    A-55 isopropyl- hydrazine hydrochloride 454 1.6
     C-116
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00280
    A-23 2-chloro- pyridin-3-yl- hydrazine 437/439 1.55
     C-117
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00281
    A-07 2-chloro- pyridin-3-yl- hydrazine 452 1.38
  • EXAMPLES D D-01) N-[1-(4-Amino-2-chloro-phenyl)-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00282
  • D-01a) N-[1-(2-Chloro-4-nitro-phenyl)-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00283
  • A suspension of 5.0 g (15.2 mmol) N-[6-(6-methyl-pyridine-3-carbonyl)-7-oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-benzothiazol-2-yl]-acetamide (A-23) and 3.74 g (16.7 mmol) (2-chloro-4-nitro-phenyl)-hydrazine hydrochloride in 100 mL glacial acetic acid is stirred at 60° C. After stirring for 24 h at 60° C. the solvent is evaporated, the residue taken up in 200 mL of ACN and stirred for 20 min. The solid is filtered off and dried at 40° C. yielding 5.33 g of the desired product.
  • A reaction mixture of 5.30 g (11.0 mmol) D-01a, 596 mg (2.20 mmol) vanadyl acetyl-acetonate and 530 mg Pt/C (5%) in 180 mL DMF and 270 mL THF is hydrogenated with a hydrogen pressure of 3 bar at RT over night. The reaction mixture is filtered over celite and the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue is taken up in ACN. The solid material is filtered off and dried at 60° C. yielding 3.94 g D-01.
  • D-02) N-[1-(4-Amino-2-fluoro-phenyl)-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00284
  • D-02a) N-[1-(2-Fluoro-4-nitro-phenyl)-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-dbenzothiazol-7-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00285
  • A suspension of 2.30 g (6.98 mmol) A-23 and 1.45 g (6.98 mmol) (2-fluoro-4-nitro-phenyl)-hydrazine hydrochloride in 40 mL glacial acetic acid is stirred at 40° C. over night. The solvent is evaporated, water is added and the mixture is stirred for 30 min. The formed precipitate is filtered off and dried in a vacuum drying chamber at 40° C. yielding 2.70 g D-02a.
  • A reaction mixture of 6.3 g (13.6 mmol) D-02a, 734 mg (2.71 mmol) vanadyl acetyl-acetonate and 700 mg Pt/C (5%) in 100 mL DMF and 150 mL THF is hydrogenated with a hydrogen pressure of 4 bar at RT over night. The reaction mixture is filtered over silica and the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue is taken up in ACN and the solid material is filtered off and dried at 60° C. yielding 5.34 g D-02.
  • D-03) N-[1-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00286
  • To a suspension of 10.0 g (30.4 mmol) A-23 in 40 mL glacial acetic acid is added 7.46 g (33.4 mmol) (4-Bromo-phenyl)-hydrazine hydrochloride. After stirring at RT over night the precipitation is filtered off and washed three times with EtOH. The solid is dried and yields 11 g D-03.
  • D-04) N-{3-(6-Methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-1-[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-phenyl]-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl}-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00287
  • A solution of 5.50 g (11.4 mmol) D-03, 3.20 g (12.6 mmol) bis(pinacolato)diboron, 3.38 g (34.4 mmol) potassium acetate and 468 mg (0.572 mmol) palladium 1,1′-bis(diphenyl-phosphino)ferrocene dichloride DCM complex in 40 mL dry DMF is heated under an argon atmosphere at 105° C. over night. The suspension is reduced to the half volume and the precipitation is filtered off, washed twice with 5 mL water and 5 mL EtOH and dried under reduced pressure yielding 5.6 g D-04. The product is used in the next step without further purification.
  • D-05) N-[1-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-3-(6-ethylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00288
  • To a suspension of 4.12 g (11.5 mmol) A-10 in 30 mL glacial acetic acid is added 3.11 g (13.9 mmol) (4-bromo-phenyl)-hydrazine hydrochloride. After stirring at RT over night and 1 h at 50° C. the solvent is evaporated, the residue suspended in 25 mL MeOH and sonicated for 25 min. The solid material is filtered off and dried yielding 1.66 g D-05.
  • D-06) N-[1-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-3-(6-methylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]-acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00289
  • To a suspension of 4.0 g (11.6 mmol) A-07 in 30 mL glacial acetic acid is added 3.11 g (13.9 mmol) (4-bromo-phenyl)-hydrazine hydrochloride. After stirring at RT over night and 1 h at 50° C. the solvent is evaporated, the residue is suspended in 20 mL EtOH and sonicated for 25 min. The solid material is filtered off and dried yielding 2.66 g D-06, which is used without further purification.
  • D-07) 4-[7-Acetylamino-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzo-thiazol-1-yl]-cis-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00290
  • D-07a) 4-[7-Acetylamino-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo [4,3-g]benzothiazol-1-yl]-cis-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00291
  • A solution of 1.30 g (3.95 mmol) A-23 and 1.01 g (4.74 mmol) 4-hydrazino-cyclohexane-carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride in 30 mL glacial acetic acid is stirred at 65° C. for 50 h. The solvent is evaporated and the residue is taken up in DMF. Purification is performed via RP-prep. HPLC chromatography (gradient 2-60% ACN). After freeze-drying 510 mg of D-07a are obtained
  • To a solution of 737 mg (1.54 mmol) D-07a in 35 mL THF is added a solution of 294 mg (12.3 mmol) LiOH in 14 mL water. The reaction mixture is stirred at 30° C. for 3 d. Glacial acetic acid is added until pH 4-5 is reached and the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue is taken up in DCM and water is added. The formed precipitate is filtered off. More water is added to the filtrate to drive the precipitation to completion. The combined solid fractions are dried yielding 372 mg D-07.
  • D-08) 4-[7-Acetylamino-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzo-thiazol-1-yl]-cis-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00292
  • D-08a) 4-[7-Acetylamino-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzo-thiazol-1-yl]-trans-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00293
  • A solution of 1.30 g (3.95 mmol) A-23 and 0.967 g (4.34 mmol) 4-hydrazino-cyclohexane-carboxylic acid ethyl ester hydrochloride in 30 mL glacial acetic acid is stirred at 60° C. for 50 h. The solvent is evaporated and the residue is taken up in DMF. Purification is performed via RP-prep. HPLC chromatography (gradient 2-60% ACN). After freeze-drying 298 mg of D-08a are obtained.
  • To a solution of 371 mg (0.774 mmol) D-08a in 17 mL THF is added a solution of 148 mg (6.19 mmol) LiOH in 7.0 mL water. The reaction mixture is stirred at RT for 24 h. Glacial acetic acid is added until pH 4-5 is reached and the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue is taken up in DCM and water is added. The formed precipitate is filtered off. More water is added to the filtrate to drive the precipitation to completion. The combined solid fractions are dried at 40° C. over night yielding 284 mg D-08.
  • D-09) N-[1-(4-Cyano-2-methyl-phenyl)-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00294
  • A solution of 2.50 g (8 mmol) A-23 and 1.68 g (11 mmol) 4-hydrazino-3-methyl-benzonitrile in 10 mL glacial acetic acid is stirred at 45° C. over night. The solvent is evaporated and the residue is taken up in 10 mL EtOH. After stirring over night the formed precipitate is filtered off and dried yielding 1.4 g D-09.
  • D-10) N-[1-(4-Formyl-2-methyl-phenyl)-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00295
  • To a reaction mixture of 600 mg (1.36 mmol) D-09 in 2.0 mL glacial acetic acid, 2.0 mL pyridine and 2.0 mL water is added 1.0 g (21.7 mmol) formic acid and 300 mg Raney-Nickel nickel and stirred at 90° C. for 30 min. The reaction mixture is filtered off without cooling and washed with 5 mL glacial acetic acid. The filtrate is evaporated under reduced pressure and 10 mL of water are added to the residue. The formed precipitation is filtered off, washed with water and dried in vacuum yielding 450 mg D-10, which is used in the next step without further purification.
  • D-11) N-[1-(2-Bromo-4-cyano-phenyl)-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00296
  • A solution of 5.0 g (15.2 mmol) A-23) and 5.20 g (22.1 mmol) 3-bromo-4-hydrazino-benzonitrile in 20 ml glacial acetic acid is stirred at 60° C. for 3 h. The solvent is evaporated and the residue is taken up in 10 mL EtOH. After stirring over night the formed precipitation is filtered off and dried, yielding 4.30 g of the desired product D-11.
  • D-12) N-[1-(2-Bromo-4-formyl-phenyl)-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H- pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00297
  • To a reaction mixture of 600 mg (1.19 mmol) D-11 in 2 mL glacial acetic acid, 2 mL pyridine and 2 mL water is added 1.0 g (21.7 mmol) formic acid and 300 mg Raney—Nickel and stirred at 90° C. for 30 min. The reaction mixture is filtered off without cooling and washed twice with 20 mL MeOH/DCM. The filtrate is evaporated under reduced pressure and 10 mL of water are added to the residue. The formed precipitate is filtered off, washed twice with 3 mL water and dried in vacuum yielding 588 mg D-12, which is used in the next step without further purification.
  • D-13) N-[1-[2-Bromo-4-(methoxyimino-methyl)-phenyl]-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00298
  • A reaction mixture of 170 mg (0.301 mmol) D-12 and 50.3 mg (0.602 mmol) O-methyl-hydroxylamine hydrochloride in 2 mL MeOH is stirred at 40° C. over night. The reaction mixture is evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue is taken up in 2 mL MeOH/DCM with 5% triethyl amine. Purification is perfomed via prep. HPLC yielding 150 mg of D-13.
  • D-14) N-[3-(6-Methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-1-piperidin-4-yl-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00299
  • A mixture of 5.20 g (15.8 mmol) A-23 and 3.6 g (19.1 mmol) B-26 in 200 mL glacial acetic acid is stirred at 80° C. for 72 h. The solvent is evaporated and the residue is taken up in water and aqueous 5% potassium carbonate solution. The formed precipitate is filtered off and washed with water. Purification of the crude product is performed via MPLC (DCM/MeOH 93:7 as eluent) yielding 4.0 g of D-14.
  • D-15) [1-[4-(Methoxyimino-methyl)-phenyl]-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]thiocarbamic acid S-ethyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00300
  • To a solution of 150 mg (0.306 mmol) D-16 in 2 mL NMP is added 153 μL (0.895 mmol) diisopropylethylamine and 122 mg (0.981 mmol) ethyl-chloro-thioformate. The reaction mixture is stirred at RT over night. Water is added to the reaction and the resultant mixture is extracted twice with 15 mL DCM. The combined organic layers are dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated under reduced pressure yielding 150 mg D-15 which is used in the next step without further purification.
  • D-16) 4-[7-Amino-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-1-yl]-benzaldehyde O-methyl-oxime
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00301
  • To a solution of 500 mg (1.09 mmol) D-29 in 10 mL MeOH and 3 mL DCM is added 5 mL of 4 M HCl dioxane solution. The reaction mixture is stirred at 60° C. for 6 h. The solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue is taken up in water and DCM. Potassium carbonate is added until the aqueous phase becomes basic. After phase separation the aqueous phase is extracted twice with 50 mL DCM. The combined organic layers are washed with 1 M aqueous HCl solution. Some MeOH is added to the organic layer, dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure yielding 113 mg D-16, which is used in the next step without further purification.
  • D-17) 1-Isopropyl-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-ylamine
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00302
  • To a suspension of 4.7 g (13 mmol) C-73 in 5 mL dioxane is added dropwise 2.14 mL conc. aqueous HCl solution. After complete addition the reaction mixture is heated at 95° C. for 2 h. Saturated NaHCO3 solution is added to the cooled reaction mixture until pH 8 is reached. The formed precipitate is filtered off, washed twice with 5 mL water and dried in vacuo yielding 3.70 g D-17, which is used for the next step without further purification.
  • D-18) [1-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]-carbamic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00303
  • A mixture of 400 mg (1.27 mmol) A-24 and 284 mg (1.27 mmol) (4-bromo-phenyl)-hydrazine hydrochloride in 10 mL glacial acetic acid is stirred at 50° C. for 48 h. The solvent is evaporated, the residue is taken up in MeOH and sonicated for 15 min. The solid material is filtered off and dried yielding 780 mg D-18.
  • D-19) 4-[7-Acetylamino-3-(6-chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-1-yl]-3-chloro—N,N-dimethyl-benzamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00304
  • A mixture of 1.50 g (4.29 mmol) A-12 and 1.39 g (5.58 mmol) B-01 in 35 mL glacial acetic acid is stirred at 40° C. over night. The solvent is evaporated, the residue is taken up in DCM and saturated Na2CO3 solution. The aqueous layer is extracted twice with DCM, the combined organic layers are dried over MgSO4 and evaporated under reduced pressure yielding 1.05 g D-19.
  • D-20) [3-(6-Ethylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-1-o-tolyl-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]thiocarbamic acid S-ethyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00305
  • A solution of 2.50 g (4.94 mmol) A-34 and 0.941 g (1.11 mmol) 2-methyl-phenylhydrazine hydrochloride in 10 mL glacial acetic acid is stirred at 80° C. over night. The solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue is taken up in DMSO/MeOH. Solid material is filtered off and the filtrate is purified via prep. HPLC yielding 0.680 g D-20, which is used without further purification for the next step.
  • D-21) [1-(2-Chloro-phenyl)-3-(6-methylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]thiocarbamic acid S-ethyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00306
  • To a suspension of 200 mg (0.512 mmol) A-33 in 15 mL isopropanol is added 275 mg (1.54 mmol) 2-chlorophenylhydrazine hydrochloride. After stirring at 80° C. over night the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure yielding 150 mg D-21, which is used without further purification for the next step.
  • D-22) 4-[7-Acetylamino-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-1-yl]-3-methoxy-benzoic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00307
  • A reaction mixture of 3 g (8.93 mmol) A-23 and 2.5 g (13 mmol) B-33 in 20 mL glacial acetic acid is stirred at 60° C. over night. The solvent is evaporated and the residue is taken up in 10 mL EtOH. The precipitation is filtered off, washed twice with 4 mL of EtOH and dried yielding 3.30 g D-22.
  • D-23) 4-[7-Acetylamino-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-1-yl]-3-methoxy-benzoic acid
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00308
  • D-23 is made in analoguously to D-25
  • D-24) 4-[7-Acetylamino-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-1-yl]-3-ethoxy-benzoic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00309
  • A reaction mixture of 6.72 g (22 mmol) A-23 and 4.29 g (20 mmol) B-34 in 50 mL glacial acetic acid is stirred at RT over night. The solvent is evaporated and the residue is taken up in dioxane. After freeze-drying the residue is suspended in 40 mL of EtOH and sonicated for a few minutes. The solid material is filtered off and dried yielding 4.80 g of the desired product D-24.
  • D-25) 4-[7-Acetylamino-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-1-yl]-3-ethoxy-benzoic acid
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00310
  • A solution of 4.80 g (9.44 mmol) D-24 and 1.61 g (37.8 mmol) LiOH in 60 mL dioxane and 12 mL water is stirred at RT for 2 h. 100 mL water and 1 M aqueous HCl solution are added to the reaction until pH 4 is reached. More water (150 mL) is added and the formed precipitation is filtered off, washed five times with 20 mL water suspended in water and dried in the freeze dryer yielding 4.30 g D-25.
  • D-26) N-[1-(3-Cyano-phenyl)-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00311
  • A reaction mixture of 5.04 g (15 mmol) A-23 and 2.40 g (16.2 mmol) 3-hydrazino-benzonitrile in 50 mL glacial acetic acid is stirred at RT over night. The formed precipitation is filtered off, washed twice with 75 mL glacial acetic acid and dried yielding 4.04 g D-26.
  • D-27) 4-[7-Acetylamino-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-1-yl]-3-chloro-benzoic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00312
  • A reaction mixture of 4.16 g (12 mmol) A-23 and 2.79 g (13.2 mmol) 3-chloro-4-hydrazino-benzoic acid methyl ester in 30 mL glacial acetic acid is stirred at RT over night. The solvent is evaporated and the residue is taken up in dioxane/water. After freeze-drying the residue is suspended in 50 mL of EtOH and sonicated for a few minutes. The solid material is filtered off washed with 50 mL EtOH and dried yielding 2.61 g D-27.
  • D-28) 4-[7-Acetylamino-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-1-yl]-3-chloro-benzoic acid
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00313
  • A solution of 2.60 g (5.16 mmol) D-27 and 879 mg (20.6 mmol) LiOH in 30 mL dioxane and 8 mL water is stirred at RT for 2 h. 150 mL water and 1 M aqueous HCl solution are added to the reaction until pH 4 is reached. More water (150 mL) is added and the formed precipitate is filtered off, washed five times with 20 mL water suspended in water and dried in the freeze dryer yielding 1.72 g D-28.
  • D-29) N-[1-[4-(Methoxyimino-methyl)-phenyl]-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00314
  • A reaction mixture of 2.00 g (6.07 mmol) A-23 and 1.74 g (7.29 mmol) B-31 in 20 mL glacial acetic acid is stirred at RT over night. The solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure. Water is added to the residue and it is extracted seven times with DCM. The combined organic layers are washed with saturated NaCl solution, dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure yielding 2.68 g D-29.
  • D-30) N-[3-(6-Ethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-1-piperidin-4-yl-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00315
  • D-30 can be synthesized in analoguously to D-14.
  • EXAMPLES E E-01) N-[1-(2-Chloro-4-{[1-cyclobutyl-1-pyrrolidin-1-yl-meth-(E)-ylidene]-amino}-phenyl)-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]-acetamide
  • To a solution of 597 mg (3 mmol) cyclobutyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl-methanone in 2 mL dry CH2Cl2 a solution of 330 μL (3.9 mmol) oxalyl chloride in 1 mL CH2Cl2 is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at RT for 1 h. To a solution of 100 mg (0.23 mmol) D01 in 1 mL NMP the freshly prepared solution of 1-(chloro-cyclobutyl-methylene)-pyrrolidinium chloride in 3 mL CH2Cl2 is added in one portion. The reaction mixture is stirred for 10 min at RT. The CH2Cl2 is evaporated and the product isolated from the NMP solution by both RP-HPLC and NP-HPLC. Yield: 81 mg.
  • E-02 to E-04 are prepared in a procedure analogous to example E-01
  • E-05) N-[1-[4-(6-Chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • Intermediate D-04 (70 mg), 2-chloro-5-bromopyridine (38 mg) and potassium carbonate (73 mg) are added to DMF (1 mL). The reaction flask is purged with argon and tetrakis-(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (8 mg) is added. The reaction is heated to 110° C. for 24 h. The mixture is cooled to RT, filtered and washed with MeOH (300 μL). The resulting filtrate is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-TFA pH 1). Yield: 3 mg.
  • E-06) N-[3-(6-Methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-1-(4-thiophen-3-yl-phenyl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[3′,4′:3,4]benzo[1,2-d]thiazol-7-yl]-acetamide
  • Intermediate D-04 (70 mg), 3-bromothiophene (33 mg) and potassium carbonate (73 mg) are added to DMF (1 mL). The reaction flask is purged with argon and tetrakis(triphenyl-phosphine)palladium(0) (8 mg) is added. The reaction is heated to 110° C. for 24 h. The mixture is cooled to RT, filtered and washed with MeOH (300 μL). The resulting filtrate is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-TFA pH 1). Yield: 2 mg.
  • E-07) N-[1-(2′-Methoxy-biphenyl-4-yl)-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[3′,4′:3,4]benzo[1,2-d]thiazol-7-yl]-acetamide
  • Intermediate D-04 (70 mg), 2-bromoanisol (37 mg) and potassium carbonate (73 mg) are added to DMF (1 mL). The reaction flask was purged with argon and tetrakis(triphenyl-phosphine)palladium(0) (8 mg) is added. The reaction is heated to 110° C. for 24 h. The mixture is cooled to RT, filtered and washed with MeOH (300 μL). The resulting filtrate is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-TFA pH 1). Yield: 20 mg, 30.
  • E-08) N-{3-(6-Methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-1-[4-(4-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-phenyl]-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl}-acetamide
  • Intermediate D-04 (150 mg), 3-bromo-4-methylpyridine (50 μL) and potassium carbonate (390 mg) are added to DMF (5 mL). The reaction flask is purged with argon and tetrakis-(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (8 mg) is added. The reaction is heated to 100° C. for 3.5 h. The mixture is cooled to RT and added to DCM (15 mL). The resulting mixture is filtered and washed with DCM (15 mL). The DCM is removed under reduced pressure and the resulting DMF solution is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-TFA pH 1). Yield: 16 mg.
  • E-09) N-[3-(6-Ethylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-1-(4-pyridin-3-yl-phenyl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]-acetamide
  • Intermediate D-05 (156 mg), pyridine-3-boronic acid (80 mg) and potassium carbonate (275 mg) are added to DMF (4 mL). The reaction flask is purged with argon and tetrakis-(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (35 mg) is added. The reaction is heated to 100° C. for 24 h. The mixture is cooled to RT and added to DCM (15 mL). The resulting mixture is filtered and washed with DCM (15 mL). The DCM was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting DMF solution is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-TFA pH 1). Yield: 49 mg.
  • E-10) N-{3-(6-Ethylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-1-[4-(2-methyl-pyridin-4-yl)-phenyl]-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl}-acetamide
  • Intermediate D-05 (515 mg), 4-methylpyridine-4-boronic acid pinacol ester (480 mg) and potassium carbonate (990 mg) were added to DMF (15 mL). The reaction flask was purged with argon and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (120 mg) was added. The reaction was heated to 100° C. for 24 h. The mixture was cooled to RT and added to DCM (15 mL). The resulting mixture was filtered and washed with DCM (15 mL). The DCM was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting DMF solution was purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-TFA pH 1). Yield: 120 mg.
  • E-11) N-{3-(6-Methylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-1-[4-(2-methyl-pyridin-4-yl)-phenyl]-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl}-acetamide
  • Intermediate D-06 (500 mg), 2-methylpyridine-4-boronic acid pinacol ester (480 mg) and potassium carbonate (990 mg) were added to DMF (15 mL). The reaction flask was purged with argon and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (120 mg) was added. The reaction was heated to 110° C. for 2 h in the microwave. The mixture was cooled to RT and added to DCM (15 mL). The resulting mixture was filtered and washed with DCM (15 mL). The DCM was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting DMF solution was purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-TFA pH 1). Yield: 226 mg.
  • E-12) 4-[(S)-7-Acetylamino-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzo-thiazol-1-yl]-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid methyl-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-amide
  • To a suspension of 40 mg (0.09 mmol) D07 in DMF 45 μL (0.27 mmol) DIPEA 40 mg (0.11 mmol) HATU are added. The mixture is stirred at RT for 15 min before 14 μL (0.10 mmol) 1-methyl-4-(methylamino)piperidine are added. The mixture is stirred overnight. The precipitated product is collected and washed with a saturated solution of NaHCO3 and water. Finally, the product is dried in vacuo. Yield: 30 mg.
  • E-13 and E-14 are prepared in a procedure analogous to example E-12. If the compounds did not precipitate in sufficient purity they are purified by prep. HPLC-MS.
  • E-15) N-[1-[4-(Methoxyimino-methyl)-2-methyl-phenyl]-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • Intermediate D-10 (3.3 g) and methoxyamine hydrochloride (1.3 g) are added to MeOH (20 mL) and allowed to stir at 40° C. for 30 min. The solvent is then removed under reduced pressure, 5 mL NMP are added and the resulting solution is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). Yield: 1.78 g.
  • E-16) N-[1-[4-(Isopropoxyimino-methyl)-2-methyl-phenyl]-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • Intermediate D-10 (70 mg) and isopropoxyamine hydrochloride (42 mg) are added to MeOH (2 mL) and allowed to stir at 40° C. overnight. The solvent is then removed under reduced pressure, dissolved in a mixture of MeOH/DCM, and purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). Yield: 48 mg.
  • E-17) N-[1-[2-Ethynyl-4-(methoxyimino-methyl)-phenyl]-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • Intermediate D-13 (70 mg), trimethylsilylacetylene (15 mg), copper(I)iodide (1 mg), bis-(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) chloride (5 mg), triphenylphosphine (7 mg), and diethylamine (500 μL) are added to DMSO (500 μL). The reaction is then heated to 115° C. for 100 seconds in the microwave. The reaction mixture is filtered and purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). This material is then dissolved in THF (1 mL) and TBAF (100 μL of a 1 M solution in THF) is added. The reaction mixture is heated at 40° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture is filtered and purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). Yield: 7 mg.
  • E-18) N-[1-[4-(Methoxyimino-methyl)-2-prop-1-ynyl-phenyl]-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • Intermediate D-13 (140 mg), lithium chloride (33 mg), bis-(triphenylphosphine)-palladium(II)chloride (18 mg) and triphenylphosphie (27 mg) are added to DMSO and allowed to stir at RT for 5 min. Tributyl(1-propynyl)-tin (171 mg) is then added portion-wise and the reaction mixture is then heated at 105° C. for 25 min. The reaction mixture is filtered and purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). Yield: 35 mg.
  • E-19) 4-[7-Acetylamino-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylic acid dimethylamide
  • To a mixture of D-14 (15 mg, 367 μmol) and triethylamine (76.3 μL, 551 μmol) in 2 mL THF is added at 0° C. dimethylcarbamoylchloride (33.7 μL, 367 μmol). The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT. The reaction mixture is filtered and the solids are dried in vacuo at 40° C. Yield: 15 mg
  • E-20 to E-26 are prepared with a procedure analogous to example E-19.
  • E-27) N-{3-(6-Methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-1-[1-(3-pyridin-3-yl-prop-2-ynyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl}-acetamide
  • A mixture of D-14 (10 mg, 245 μmol), formaldehyde (37% in water, 92 μL, 1.22 mmol), copper(I) bromide (70.2 mg, 490 μmol), 3-ethynylpyridine (50.5 mg, 490 μmol) and molsieves (4 Å) in 5 mL dry dioxane under an argon atmosphare is stirred at 80° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture is filtered, DCM added and the reaction mixture is washed with water and brine. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by preparative RP-HPLC (5-98% ACN in water). Yield: 8.2 mg.
  • Example E-28 is prepared analogous to example E-27.
  • E-30) N-[3-(6-Methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-1-(1-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • A mixture of D-14 (8.00 g, 19.6 mmol), 2-pyridinecarboxaldehyde (3.15 g, 29.4 mmol) and acetic acid (3.7 mL, 43.1 mmol) in 60 mL MeOH/DCM (1/1, v/v) is stirred for 2 h at RT. Then sodium trisacetoxyborohydride (12.5 g, 58.5 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT and then 2 h at 40° C. The reaction mixture is poured on saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate and extracted with DCM containing 10% MeOH. The combined organic phases are dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by triturating with ethyl acetate, flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% MeOH in DCM containing 0.5% ammonia) and finally by triturating with EtOH and dioxane. Yield: 3.61 g.
  • E-29 and E-31 are prepared with a procedure analogous to example E-30.
  • E-32) [1-[4-(Methoxyimino-methyl)-phenyl]-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]urea
  • A solution of 50 mg (010 mmol) D-15 and ammonia in 1 mL NMP is stirred at 90° C. over night. The reaction mixture is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-TFA pH 1-2). Yield: 1.13 mg.
  • E-33) N-[1-[4-(Methoxyimino-methyl)-phenyl]-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]-propionamide
  • To a solution of 50 mg (0.12 mmol) D-16 in 1 mL NMP is added 60 μL (0.351 mmol) diisopropylethylamine and 32 μL (0.367 mmol) propionyl chloride and stirred at RT for 6 h. The reaction mixture is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-formic acid pH 2-3). Yield: 20 mg.
  • E-34) 2-Methoxy—N-[1-[4-(methoxyimino-methyl)-phenyl]-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • To a solution of 100 mg (0.204 mmol) D-16 in 1 mL NMP is added 102 μL (0.597 mmol) diisopropylethylamine and 60 μL (0.658 mmol) methoxy-acetyl chloride and stirred at RT over night. The reaction mixture is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-formic acid pH 2-3). Yield: 46.9 mg.
  • E-35) 2-Hydroxy—N-[1-[4-(methoxyimino-methyl)-phenyl]-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • To a solution of 453 mg (0.331 mmol) D-16 in 1 mL NMP is added 165 μL (0.964 mmol) diisopropylethylamine and 226 L (1.99 mmol) acetoxy-acetyl chloride and stirred at RT for 30 min. 20 mL Water are added to the reaction and the resultant mixture is extracted three times with 25 mL DCM. The combined organic layers are dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure. The isolated crude product is dissolved in 5 mL MeOH and 2 mL (33.1 mmol, 32%) ammonia solution is added. After stirring at RT for 2 h the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue is taken up in NMP. The reaction mixture is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-formic acid pH 2-3). Yield: 22.7 mg.
  • E-36) Cyclobutanecarboxylic acid [1-isopropyl-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]amide
  • Intermediate D-17 (150 mg) and di-isopropylethyl amine (0.18 g) are dissolved in NMP (1 mL). Cyclobutanecarbonyl chloride (0.16 g) is then added and the reaction mixture is allowed to stir at RT for 2 h. MeOH (1 mL) and 1 drop of HCL (conc.) is added and allowed to stir for 10 min at RT. The reaction mixture is filtered and purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). Yield: 52 mg.
  • E-37) N-[1-Isopropyl-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]isobutyramide
  • Intermediate D-17 (150 mg) and di-isopropylethyl amine (0.18 g) are dissolved in NMP (1 mL). isobuteric acid chloride (0.15 g) is then added and the reaction mixture is stirred at RT for 2 h. MeOH (1 mL) and 1 drop of HCL (conc.) is then added and the mixture stirred for 10 min at RT. The reaction mixture is filtered and purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). Yield: 57 mg.
  • E-38) Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [1-isopropyl-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]-amide
  • Cyclopropylcarboxylic acid (0.12 g), diisopropylethyl amine (0.12 g) and TBTU (0.44 g) are dissolved in DCM (1 mL) and allowed to react at 30° C. for 30 min. A solution of intermediate D-17 (150 mg) in NMP (1 mL) is then added dropwise to reaction mixture which is then heated at 90° C. for 4 h. MeOH (1 mL) and 1 drop of HCL (conc.) is then added and the mixture stirred for 10 min at RT. The reaction mixture is filtered and purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). Yield: 70 mg.
  • E-39) N-[1-Isopropyl-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]formamide
  • Formic acid (0.53 mL) and acetic acid anhydride (0.65 mL) are added together and stirred at 30° C. for 30 min. The solution is cooled to 0° C. and intermediate D-17 (150 mg) is added. The reaction is allowed to react overnight at 30° C. The reaction mixture is then added to isopropanol (10 mL) and the resulting solid is removed via filtration and dried in vacuo. Yield: 119 mg.
  • E-40) [1-[4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-phenyl]-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]-carbamic acid methyl ester
  • To a solution of 200 mg (0.302 mmol) D-18 in 2 mL DMSO is added under nitrogen 105 mg (0.936 mmol) potassium 2-methyl-propan-2-olate, 70 mg (0.103 mmol) PEPPSI and 70 μL (0.630 mmol) 1-methyl-piperazine. The reaction mixture is heated under microwave irradiation at 130° C. for 45 min. The reaction mixture is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). Yield: 10.9 mg.
  • E-41) [1-{4-[4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-phenyl}-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]-carbamic acid methyl
  • To a solution of 200 mg (0.302 mmol) D-18 in 2 mL DMSO is added under nitrogen 105 mg (0.936 mmol) potassium 2-methyl-propan-2-olate, 70 mg (0.103 mmol) PEPPSI and 110 mg (0.600 mmol) 1-methyl-4-piperidin-4-yl-piperazine. The reaction mixture is heated under microwave irradiation (Biotage) at 130° C. for 45 min. The reaction mixture is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). Yield: 4.6 mg.
  • E-42) 4-{7-Acetylamino-3-[6-(3-dimethylamino-prop-1-ynyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-1-yl}-3-chloro—N,N-dimethyl-benzamide
  • A reaction mixture of 70 mg (0.133 mmol) D-19, 13.2 g (0.159 mmol) dimethyl-prop-2-ynyl-amine, 2.52 mg (0.013 mmol) CuI, 9.32 mg (0.013 mmol) bis-(triphenyl-phosphane)-palladium(II) dichloride and 6.96 mg (0.027 mmol) triphenyl-phosphane in 500 μL diethylamine and 500 μL DMSO under argon is heated under microwave irradiation (Biotage) at 90° C. for 90 min. The reaction mixture is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-formic acid pH 2-3). Yield: 20 mg.
  • E-43) 4-{7-Acetylamino-3-[6-(3-methoxy-prop-1-ynyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-1-yl}-3-chloro—N,N-dimethyl-benzamide
  • A reaction mixture of 100 mg (0.190 mmol) D-19, 29 μL (0.341 mmol) 3-methoxy-propyne, 3.6 mg (0.019 mmol) CuI, 26.6 mg (0.038 mmol) bis-(triphenyl-phosphane)-palladium(II) dichloride and 9.94 mg (0.038 mmol) triphenyl-phosphane in 500 μL diethylamine and 500 μL DMSO under argon is heated under microwave irradiation (Biotage) at 100° C. for 120 min. The reaction mixture is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). Yield: 30 mg.
  • E-44) 4-[7-Acetylamino-3-(6-cyclopropylethynyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-1-yl]-3-chloro—N,N-dimethyl-benzamide
  • A reaction mixture of 70 mg (0.133 mmol) D-19, 15.8 mg (0.239 mmol) ethynyl-cyclopropane, 2.52 mg (0.013 mmol) CuI, 9.32 mg (0.013 mmol) bis-(triphenyl-phosphane)-palladium(II) dichloride and 6.96 mg (0.027 mmol) triphenyl-phosphane in 500 μL diethylamine and 500 μL DMSO under argon is heated under microwave irradiation at 100° C. for 150 min. The reaction mixture is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). Yield: 26 mg.
  • E-45) 4-{17-Acetylamino-3-[6-(3-hydroxy-prop-1-ynyl)-pyridin-3-yl]-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-1-yl}-3-chloro—N,N-dimethyl-benzamide
  • A reaction mixture of 70 mg (0.133 mmol D-19, 8.93 mg (0.159 mmol) prop-2-yn-1-ol, 2.52 mg (0.013 mmol) CuI, 9.32 mg (0.013 mmol) bis-(triphenyl-phosphane)-palladium(II) dichloride and 6.96 mg (0.027 mmol) triphenyl-phosphane in 500 μL diethylamine and 500 μL DMSO under argon is heated under microwave irradiation at 100° C. for 30 min. The reaction mixture is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). Yield: 23 mg.
  • E-46) 4-[7-Acetylamino-3-(6-phenylethynyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-1-yl]-3-chloro—N,N-dimethyl-benzamide
  • A reaction mixture of 150 mg (0.284 mmol) D-19, 34.9 mg (0.341 mmol) ethynylbenzene, 5.4 mg (0.028 mmol) CuI, 20.0 mg (0.028 mmol) bis-(triphenyl-phosphane)-palladium(II) dichloride and 14.9 mg (0.057 mmol) triphenyl-phosphane in 500 μL diethylamine and 500 μL DMSO under argon is heated under microwave irradiation (Biotage) at 100° C. for 60 min. The reaction mixture is purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). Yield: 8 mg.
  • E-47) 3-[3-(6-Ethylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-1-o-tolyl-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]-1,1-dimethyl-urea
  • To 700 μL of a 1 M solution of dimethylamine in THF is added 170 mg (0.346 mmol) D-20. The reaction mixture is heated at 85° C. for 2 h, TFA is added to the reaction mixture and purification is performed using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-TFA pH 1-2). Yield: 109 mg.
  • E-48) 1-Ethyl-3-[3-(6-ethylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-1-o-tolyl-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]-1-methyl-urea
  • A solution of 170 mg (0.346 mmol) D-20 and 60 μL (0.698 mmol) ethylmethylamine in 200 μL THF is heated at 85° C. for 2 h. The solid material is filtered off and the filtrate is purified performed using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-TFA pH 1-2). Yield: 54.3 mg.
  • E-49) Azetidine-1-carboxylic acid [1-(2-chloro-phenyl)-3-(6-methylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]amide
  • A solution of 200 mg (0.42 mmol) D-21, 240 μL (4.2 mmol) azetidine and 271 μL (2.1 mmol) diisopropylethylamine in 10 mL isopropanol is heated under microwave irradiation at 100° C. for 40 min. The solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure, the residue is taken up in NMP and 3 drops of TFA are added. The solution is purified with RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-TFA pH 1-2). Yield: 65 mg.
  • E-50) 4-[7-Acetylamino-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-1-yl]-3,N-dimethoxy—N-methyl-benzamide
  • Intermediate D-23 (500 mg), diisopropylethylamine (0.5 g) and HATU (0.6 g) are dissolved in DCM (10 mL). The reaction mixture is stirred at RT for 10 min, then 1,2-dimethylhydroxylamine (0.12 g) is added and stirred for 1 h at RT. Then the solvent is removed under reduced pressure and isopropanol (5 mL) is added followed by water (5 mL). The resulting precipitate is collected via filtration, washed with water (5 mL) and the solid is dried under reduced pressure. Yield: 460 mg.
  • E-51) 4-[7-Acetylamino-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-1-yl]-3-ethoxy—N,N-dimethyl-benzamide
  • Intermediate D-25 (500 mg), 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole (96 mg) are added to ethylacetate (2.4 mL) and NMP (0.6 mL). The reaction mixture is then stirred at RT for 30 min. Dimethylamine (250 μL, 2 M solution in THF) is then added and allowed to react at RT overnight. The solvent is then removed under reduced pressure, dissolved in NMP, filtered and purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). Yield: 124 mg.
  • E-52) N-[1-[3-(Methoxyimino-methyl)-phenyl]-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • Intermediate D-26 (106 mg) and methoxylamine hydrochloride (128 mg) is dissolved in DCM/MeOH (50:50, 20 mL). Raney nickel (220 mg) and sodium hypophosphite hydrate (220 mg) are then added at RT and the reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h. The resulting mixture is filtered and the filtrate is reduced under reduced pressure. The resulting oil is filtered and the filtrate dissolved in NMP and purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-formic acid pH 2-3). Yield: 10 mg.
  • E-53) 4-[7-Acetylamino-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-1-yl]-3-chloro-benzoic acid ethyl ester
  • Intermediate D-28 (73 mg) and HATU (0.67 g) are dissolved in NMP (1 mL) and stirred for 20 min at RT. Diisopropylethylamine (30 μL) and EtOH (63 μL) are then added and stirred at RT for 4 h. The reaction mixture is then filtered and purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-ammonium hydrogen carbonate pH 9.3). Yield: 34 mg.
  • E-54) N-[1-[2-Chloro-4-(4-fluoro-piperidine-1-carbonyl)-phenyl]-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • Intermediate D-28 (100 mg), TBTU (100 mg), diisopropylethyl amine (106 μl) are dissolved in DMF (1 mL) and stirred at 35° C. overnight. The reaction mixture is then filtered and purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-TFA pH 1). Yield: 15 mg.
  • E-55) N-[1-(4-Acetyl-2-methoxy-phenyl)-3-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]acetamide
  • E-50 (250 mg) is dissolved in THF (15 mL) and placed under an atmosphere of argon. A methyllithium solution (1.5 M, 2.6 mL) is then added over 1 min and the reaction mixture stirred at RT for a further 1 h. Saturated ammonium chloride solution (1 mL) is added and the THF is removed under reduced pressure. The resulting material is dissolved in DMSO (1.8 mL) and water (0.2 mL) and purified using RP-LC/MS (ACN:H2O-TFA pH 1). Yield: 12 mg.
  • TABLE 2
    Examples E-01-E-55
    No. MOLSTRUCTURE Intermediate [M + H]+ rt
    E-01
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00316
    D-01 586 1.29
    E-02
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00317
    D-01 576 1.15
    E-03
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00318
    D-01 546 1.16
    E-04
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00319
    D-02 516 1.09
    E-05
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00320
    D-04 513 1.17
    E-06
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00321
    D-04 484 2.14
    E-07
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00322
    D-04 508 1.27
    E-08
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00323
    D-04 493 1.14
    E-09
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00324
    D-05 508 1.1
    E-10
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00325
    D-05 522 1.16
    E-11
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00326
    D-06 508 1.1
    E-12
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00327
    D-07 562 1.05
    E-13
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00328
    D-08 562 1.11
    E-14
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00329
    D-08 507 1.22
    E-15
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00330
    D-10 473 1.16
    E-16
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00331
    D-10 501 1.28
    E-17
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00332
    D-13 483 1.15
    E-18
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00333
    D-13 497 1.19
    E-19
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00334
    D-14 480 t0
    E-20
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00335
    D-14 516 1.51
    E-21
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00336
    D-14 490 1.03
    E-22
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00337
    D-14 491 2.05
    E-23
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00338
    D-14 500 1.05
    E-24
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00339
    D-30 501 1.09
    E-25
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00340
    D-14 494 0.99
    E-26
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00341
    D-14 491 1.06
    E-27
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00342
    D-14 524 1.07
    E-28
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00343
    D-14 505 1.09
    E-29
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00344
    D-14 506 1.83
    E-30
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00345
    D-14 514 1.87
    E-31
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00346
    D-14 503 2.01
    E-32
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00347
    D-15 460 1.11
    E-33
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00348
    D-16 473 1.21
    E-34
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00349
    D-16 489 1.06
    E-35
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00350
    D-16 475 1.01
    E-36
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00351
    D-17 408 2.13
    E-37
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00352
    D-17 396 2.1
    E-38
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00353
    D-17 394 2.01
    E-39
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00354
    D-17 354 1.77
    E-40
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00355
    D-18 516 t0
    E-41
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00356
    D-18 599 t0
    E-42
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00357
    D-19 574 1.08
    E-43
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00358
    D-19 561 1.05
    E-44
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00359
    D-19 557 1.13
    E-45
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00360
    D-19 547 0.99
    E-46
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00361
    D-19 593 1.24
    E-47
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00362
    D-20 474 1.15
    E-48
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00363
    D-20 488 1.25
    E-49
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00364
    D-21
    E-50
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00365
    D-23 519 1.03
    E-51
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00366
    D-25 517 1.03
    E-52
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00367
    D-26 459 1.44
    E-53
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00368
    D-28 508 1.17
    E-54
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00369
    D-28 565 1.1
    E-55
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00370
    E-50 474 1.05
  • EXAMPLES F
  • Examples F-01 to F-20 can be synthesized according to one of the following general procedures. The appropriate acid or acid chloride required for synthesis can be deduced from the table of examples. Boc-groups are removed with HCl (5-10 eq.) by stirring overnight in dioxane at 40° C.
  • General Procedure F1:
  • Example D-17 (1 eq.) is taken up in NMP and sonicated until all material is dissolved. DMAP (0.1 eq.), DIPEA (5 eq.) and acid chloride (5 eq.) are added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 1 h at RT. The reaction mixture is poured in water and extracted with DCM. The organic phases are concentrated under reduced pressure and the product is purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 0-20% MeOH in DCM).
  • General Procedure F2:
  • The acid (1 eq.) is taken up in DCE, CDI (1 eq.) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h at RT. Then 50% saturated brine is added and the reaction mixture is stirred vigorously for 1 min. The organic phase is separated, concentrated under reduced pressure, taken up in acetonitrile and added to a mixture of example D-17 (0.25 eq.) and DBU (0.5 eq.). The resulting reaction mixture is then stirred at 100° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure, poured in water, brought to pH 8 by the addition of an aqueous saturated ammonium chloride solution and extracted with ethyl acetate containing 5% MeOH. The combined organic phase are washed with an aqueous 1% citric acid solution and brine, dried on magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product is purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 0-20% MeOH in DCM).
  • General Procedure F3:
  • The acid (2 eq.) and 2,4,6-trichloro-1,3,5-triazine (1 eq.) are taken up in NMP and stirred for 15 min at RT. Example D-17 (1 eq.), DBU (4 eq.) and DMAP (0.1 eq.) are taken up in NMP and stirred at RT for 10 min. Both reaction mixtures are combined and stirred overnight at 70° C. The reaction mixture is poured in water and extracted with DCM. The organic phases are concentrated under reduced pressure and the product is purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 0-20% MeOH in DCM).
  • TABLE 3
    Examples F-01-F-20
    No. MOLSTRUCTURE Acid or acid chloride [M + H]+ rt
    F-01
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00371
    propionyl chloride 382 3.36
    F-02
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00372
    butyryl chloride 396 1.62
    F-03
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00373
    methoxy-acetyl chloride 398 1.18
    F-04
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00374
    3-methyl-butyryl chloride 410 1.73
    F-05
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00375
    3-methyl-but-2-enoyl chloride 408 1.73
    F-06
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00376
    pyridin-3-yl-acetic acid 445 1.28
    F-07
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00377
    4-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl-butyric acid 463 1.27
    F-08
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00378
    3-pyridin-2-yl-propionic acid 459 1.53
    F-09
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00379
    imidazol-1-yl-acetic acid 434 0.95
    F-10
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00380
    1,2,4-triazol-1-yl-acetic acid 435 2.45
    F-11
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00381
    3-methoxy-propionic acid 412 1.66
    F-12
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00382
    N,N-dimethyl-succinamic acid 453 1.58
    F-13
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00383
    (S)-pyrrolidine-1,2- dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester 423 1.41
    F-14
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00384
    (R)-pyrrolidine-1,2- dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester 423 1.33
    F-15
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00385
    (tert-butoxycarbonyl-methyl- amino)-acetic acid 397 1.24
    F-16
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00386
    4-dimethylamino-butyric acid 439 1.76
    F-17
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00387
    (1,4-dimethyl-piperazin-2- y1)-acetic acid 480 1.52
    F-18
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00388
    3-(3H-imidazol-4-y1)- propionic acid 448 1.53
    F-19
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00389
    3-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2- yl)-propionic acid 462 1.56
    F-20
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00390
    chloro-acetyl chloride 402/404
  • EXAMPLES G
  • Examples G-01 to G-05 can be synthesized according to the following general procedure. The appropriate amine required for synthesis can be deduced from the table of examples.
  • General Procedure G:
  • Example F-20 (1 eq.) is taken up in NMP, DIPEA (2 eq.) and amine (3 eq.) are added and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT. The reaction mixture is poured in water, extracted with DCM and the organic phase is loaded on a SCX column. The column is washed with DCM and methanol and the product is eluted with a mixture of DCM and 7N ammonia in methanol. The product is further purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 0-20% methanol in DCM).
  • TABLE 4
    Examples G-01 - G-05
    No MOLSTRUCTURE Amine [M + H]+ rt
    G-01
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00391
    morpholine 453 1.33
    G-02
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00392
    dimethyl-amine 411 1.38
    G-03
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00393
    piperidine 451 1.77
    G-04
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00394
    pyrrolidine 437 1.51
    G-05
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00395
    1-methyl-piperazine 466 1.34
  • EXAMPLES H
  • Examples H-01 to H-14 can be synthesized according to the following general procedure. The appropriate amine or alcohol required for synthesis can be deduced from the table of examples.
  • General Procedure H:
  • Example D-17 (1 eq.), DBU (2 eq.) and CDI (2.5 eq.) are taken up in acetonitrile and stirred at 100° C. overnight. Amine or alcohol (5 eq.) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred again overnight at 100° C. The reaction mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and the product is purified by HPLC (C-18, 2-98% acetonitrile in water).
  • TABLE 5
    Examples H-01-H-14
    No. MOLSTRUCTURE Amine [M + H]+ rt
    H-01
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00396
    O-methyl-hydroxylamine 400 1.37
    H-02
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00397
    methylamine 383 1.72
    H-03
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00398
    pyrrolidine 423 1.90
    H-04
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00399
    morpholine 439 1.15
    H-05
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00400
    1-methylpiperazine 452 1.59
    H-06
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00401
    ethylamine 397 1.60
    H-07
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00402
    ammonium chloride 369 1.26
    H-08
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00403
    dimethylamine 397 1.58
    H-09
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00404
    2-dimethylamino-ethanol 441 1.47
    H-10
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00405
    N,N-dimethyl-ethylane-1,2- diamine 440 1.63
    H-11
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00406
    2-morpholin-4-yl-ethylamine 482 1.59
    H-12
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00407
    2-methoxy-ethanol 428 1.50
    H-13
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00408
    2-morpholin-4-yl-ethanol 483 1.49
    H-14
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00409
    3-dimethylamino-propan-1-ol 455 1.63
  • EXAMPLES J
  • Examples J-01 to J-02 can be synthesized according to the following general procedure. The appropriate example C can be deduced from the table of examples.
  • General Procedure J:
  • To a mixture of 400 mg (0.92 mmol) N-[1-(2-chloro-pyridin-3-yl)-3-(6-methylamino-pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-g]benzothiazol-7-yl]-acetamide, 2.5 mL (18.3 mmol) Trimethylboroxide and 16 mg (0.022 mmol) bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II)-dichloride is added 10 mL DME, 2 mL ethanol and 1.37 mL of an aqueous 2 M Cs2CO3 solution. The reaction mixture is heated in the microwave for 2 h at 130° C. DCM (25 mL) and water (25 mL) are added and the phases are separated. The aqueous phase is washed twice with DCM (2×25 mL each). The combined organic layers are dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The crude material is dissolved in DMSO/TFA and purified using RP-LC/MS. The resulting product fractions are collected and the solvent is removed via freeze-drying to yield the desired product.
  • TABLE 6
    Examples J-01-J-02
    No. MOLSTRUCTURE Heteroaryl chloride [M + H]+ rt
    J-01
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00410
    C-117 417 1.29
    J-02
    Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00411
    C-118 432 1.21
  • Analytical Method
  • HPLC: Agilent 1100 Series
  • MS: Agilent LC/MSD SL
  • column: Phenomenex, Mercury Gemini C18, 3 μm, 2.0×20 mm,
      • Part.No. 00M-4439-B0-CE
  • solvent A: 5 mM NH4HCO3/20 mM NH3
      • B: acetonitrile HPLC grade
  • detection: MS: Positive and negative
      • mass range: 120-700 m/z
      • fragmentor: 70
      • gain EMV: 1
      • threshold: 150
      • stepsize: 0.25
      • UV: 315 nm
      • bandwidth: 170 nm
      • reference: off
      • range: 210-400 nm
      • range step: 2.00 nm
      • peakwidth: <0.01 min
      • slit: 2 nm
  • injection: 5 μL
  • flow: 1.00 mL/min
  • column temperature: 40° C.
  • gradient: 0.00 min 5% B
      • 0.00-2.50 min 5%→95% B
      • 2.50-2.80 min 95% B
      • 2.81-3.10 min 95%→5% B
  • Instrument: Agilent 1100—SL: incl. DAD/MSD
  • Chromatography:
      • Column: Waters X-Bridge™ C18, 50×2.1 mm, 3.5μ
  • Method “Acid”
      • Eluent A: 0.1% formic acid in acetonitrile
      • Eluent B: 0.1% formic acid in water
      • Linear Gradient program: t0=2% A, t4 min=98% A, t6min=98% A
      • Flow: 0.8 mL/min
      • Column oven temperature: 35° C.
  • Method “Base”
      • Eluent A: 10 mM ammonia in acetonitrile
      • Eluent B: 10 mM ammonia in water
      • Linear Gradient program: t0=2% A, t4 min=98% A, t6min=98% A
      • Flow: 0.8 mL/min
      • Column oven temperature: 25° C.
  • Diode Array Detector (DAD):
      • Instrument: Agilent G1316A
      • Sample wavelength: 220-320 nm
      • Reference wavelength: Off
  • Mass Spectroscopy (MSD):
      • Instrument: Agilent LC/MSD—SL
      • Ionisation: ESI (Positive & Negative)
      • Mass range: 100-800
  • Abbreviations used
    bu butyl tert tertiary
    d day(s) THF tetrahydrofuran
    DC thin layer chromatography LiHMDS Lithium hexamethyl disilazide
    DCM dichloromethan iPr isopropyl
    DMF N,N-dimethylformamide TBME tertiary butylmethylether
    DMSO dimethylsulphoxide NP normal phase
    et ethyl CDI carbonyl diimidazole
    h hour(s) ACN acetonitrile
    HPLC high performance liquid BINAP 2R,3S,2,2′-bis-(diphenyl-phosphino)-
    chromatography 1,1′-binapthyl
    M molar DIPEA diisopropylethyl amine
    min minute(s) DCE 1,2-dichloroethane
    mL millilitre NMP N-methylpyrrolindinone
    MS mass spectrometry prep preparative
    N normal conc. concentrated
    NMR nuclear resonance TFA trifluoroacetic acid
    spectroscopy
    ppm part per million HATU N-[(dimethylamino)-(1H-1,2,3-
    triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-1-yl)-
    methylene]-N-methylmethan-aminium
    hexafluorophosphate N-oxide
    Rf retention factor TBAF Tetrabutylammonium fluoride
    RP reversed phase TBTU O-(Benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-
    tetramethyluronium tetrafluoro-borate
    RT room temperature PEPPSI [1,3-Bis(2,6-Diisopropylphenyl)-
    imidazol-2-ylidene](3-chloro-
    pyridyl)palladium(II) dichloride
    Rt retention time m.p melting point
    DMAP dimethyl-pyridin-4-yl- DBU 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene
    amine
  • The Examples that follow describe the biological activity of the compounds according to the invention without restricting the invention to these Examples.
  • PC3 Proliferation Test
  • The test is based on measurement of cellular DNA content via fluorescent dye binding. Because cellular DNA content is highly regulated, it is closely proportional to cell number. The extent of proliferation is determined by comparing cell counts for samples treated with drugs with untreated controls.
  • PC3 (human prostate carcinoma cell line) cells are sown in microtitre plates and incubated overnight in culture medium at 37° C. and 5% CO2. The test substances are diluted stepwise and added to the cells such that the total volume is 200 μL/well. Cells to which diluent, but not substance, is added serve as controls. After an incubation time of 3 days, the medium is replaced by 100 μL/well dye-binding solution and the cells are incubated at 37° C. in the dark for a further 60 min. For measuring the fluorescence, excitation takes place at a wavelength of 485 nm and the emission is measured at 530 nm.
  • EC50 values are calculated using the GraphPad Prism program.
  • Most compounds of the Examples cited have an EC50 (Proliferation PC3) of less than 0.5 μM.
  • P-AKT Measurement in PC3 Cells
  • P-AKT levels in PC3 cells are detected by cell-based ELISA. Cells are cultured in 96-well plates and treated with serial dilutions of test substances for 2 h. Cells to which diluent, but not substance, is added serve as controls. Subsequently, the cells are fixed rapidly to preserve protein modifications. Each well is then incubated with a primary antibody specific for Ser473-phosphorylated AKT. Subsequent incubation with secondary HRP-conjugated antibody and developing solution provides a colorimetric readout at 450 nm. EC50 values are calculated using the GraphPad Prism program.
  • Most compounds of the Examples cited have an EC50 (P-AKT PC3) of less than 0.5 μM.
  • The substances of the present invention are PI3 kinase inhibitors. On account of their biological properties, the novel compounds of the general formula (1) and their isomers and their physiologically tolerated salts are suitable for treating diseases which are characterized by excessive or anomalous cell proliferation.
  • These diseases include, for example: viral infections (e.g. HIV and Kaposi's sarcoma); inflammation and autoimmune diseases (e.g. colitis, arthritis, Alzheimer's disease, glomerulonephritis and wound healing); bacterial, fungal and/or parasitic infections; leukaemias, lymphomas and solid tumours; skin diseases (e.g. psoriasis); bone diseases; cardiovascular diseases (e.g. restenosis and hypertrophy). In addition, the compounds are useful for protecting proliferating cells (e.g. hair cells, intestinal cells, blood cells and progenitor cells) from DNA damage due to irradiation, UV treatment and/or cytostatic treatment (Davis et al., 2001).
  • For example, the following cancers may be treated with compounds according to the invention, without being restricted thereto:
  • brain tumours such as for example acoustic neurinoma, astrocytomas such as fibrillary, protoplasmic, gemistocytary, anaplastic, pilocytic astrocytomas, glioblastoma, gliosarcoma, pleomorphic xanthoastrocytoma, subependymal large-cell giant cell astrocytoma and desmoplastic infantile astrocytoma; brain lymphomas, brain metastases, hypophyseal tumour such as prolactinoma, hypophyseal incidentaloma, HGH (human growth hormone) producing adenoma and corticotrophic adenoma, craniopharyngiomas, medulloblastoma, meningeoma and oligodendroglioma; nerve tumours such as for example tumours of the vegetative nervous system such as neuroblastoma, ganglioneuroma, paraganglioma (pheochromocytoma, chromaffinoma) and glomus-caroticum tumour, tumours on the peripheral nervous system such as amputation neuroma, neurofibroma, neurinoma (neurilemmoma, Schwannoma) and malignant Schwannoma, as well as tumours of the central nervous system such as brain and bone marrow tumours; intestinal cancer such as for example carcinoma of the rectum, colon, anus and duodenum; eyelid tumours (basalioma or adenocarcinoma of the eyelid apparatus); retinoblastoma; carcinoma of the pancreas; carcinoma of the bladder; lung tumours (bronchial carcinoma—small-cell lung cancer (SCLC), non—Small-cell lung cancer (NSCLC) such as for example spindle-cell plate epithelial carcinomas, adenocarcinomas (acinary, paillary, bronchiolo-alveolar) and large-cell bronchial carcinoma (giant cell carcinoma, clear-cell carcinoma)); breast cancer such as ductal, lobular, mucinous or tubular carcinoma, Paget's carcinoma; non-Hodgkin's lymphomas (B-lymphatic or T-lymphatic NHL) such as for example hair cell leukaemia, Burkitt's lymphoma or mucosis fungoides; Hodgkin's disease; uterine cancer (corpus carcinoma or endometrial carcinoma); CUP syndrome (Cancer of Unknown Primary); ovarian cancer (ovarian carcinoma—mucinous or serous cystoma, endometriodal tumours, clear cell tumour, Brenner's tumour); gall bladder cancer; bile duct cancer such as for example Klatskin tumour; testicular cancer (germinal or non-germinal germ cell tumours); laryngeal cancer such as for example supra-glottal, glottal and subglottal tumours of the vocal cords; bone cancer such as for example osteochondroma, chondroma, chondroblastoma, chondromyxoid fibroma, chondrosarcoma, osteoma, osteoid osteoma, osteoblastoma, osteosarcoma, non—OSsifying bone fibroma, osteofibroma, desmoplastic bone fibroma, bone fibrosarcoma, malignant fibrous histiocyoma, osteoclastoma or giant cell tumour, Ewing's sarcoma, and plasmocytoma, head and neck tumours (HNO tumours) such as for example tumours of the lips, and oral cavity (carcinoma of the lips, tongue, oral cavity), nasopharyngeal carcinoma (tumours of the nose, lymphoepithelioma), pharyngeal carcinoma, oropharyngeal carcinomas, carcinomas of the tonsils (tonsil malignoma) and (base of the) tongue, hypopharyngeal carcinoma, laryngeal carcinoma (cancer of the larynx), tumours of the paranasal sinuses and nasal cavity, tumours of the salivary glands and ears; liver cell carcinoma (hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC); leukaemias, such as for example acute leukaemias such as acute lymphatic/lymphoblastic leukaemia (ALL), acute myeloid leukaemia (AML); chronic lymphatic leukaemia (CLL), chronic myeloid leukaemia (CML); stomach cancer (papillary, tubular or mucinous adenocarcinoma, adenosquamous, squamous or undifferentiated carcinoma; malignant melanomas such as for example superficially spreading (SSM), nodular (NMM), lentigo-maligna (LMM), acral-lentiginous (ALM) or amelanotic melanoma (AMM); renal cancer such as for example kidney cell carcinoma (hypernephroma or Grawitz's tumour); oesophageal cancer; penile cancer; prostate cancer; vaginal cancer or vaginal carcinoma; thyroid carcinomas such as for example papillary, follicular, medullary or anaplastic thyroid carcinoma; thymus carcinoma (thymoma); cancer of the urethra (carcinoma of the urethra, urothelial carcinoma) and cancer of the vulva.
  • The novel compounds can be used for the prevention or short-term or long-term treatment of the abovementioned diseases including, where appropriate, in combination with other state-of-the-art compounds such as other anti-tumour substances, cytotoxic substances, cell proliferation inhibitors, antiangiogenic substances, steroids or antibodies.
  • The compounds of the general formula (1) can be used on their own or in combination with other active compounds according to the invention and, where appropriate, in combination with other pharmacologically active compounds as well. Chemotherapeutic agents which can be administered in combination with the compounds according to the invention include, without being restricted thereto, hormones, hormone analogs and antihormones (e.g. tamoxifen, toremifene, raloxifene, fulvestrant, megestrol acetate, flutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide, aminoglutethimide, cyproterone acetate, finasteride, buserelin acetate, fludrocortisone, fluoxymesterone, medroxyprogesterone and octreotide), aromatase inhibitors (e.g. anastrozole, letrozole, liarozole, vorozole, exemestane and atamestane), LHRH agonists and antagonists (e.g. goserelin acetate and luprolide), inhibitors of growth factors (growth factors such as platelet-derived growth factor and hepatocyte growth factor, examples of inhibitors are growth factor antibodies, growth factor receptor antibodies and tyrosine kinase inhibitors, such as gefitinib, imatinib, lapatinib, Erbitux® and trastuzumab); antimetabolites (e.g. antifolates such as methotrexate and raltitrexed, pyrimidine analogs such as 5-fluorouracil, capecitabine and gemcitabine, purine and adenosine analogs such as mercaptopurine, thioguanine, cladribine and pentostatin, cytarabine and fludarabine); antitumour antibiotics (e.g. anthracyclines, such as doxorubicin, daunorubicin, epirubicin and idarubicin, mitomycin C, bleomycin, dactinomycin, plicamycin and streptozocin); platinum derivatives (e.g. cisplatin, oxaliplatin and carboplatin); alkylating agents (e.g. estramustine, meclorethamine, melphalan, chlorambucil, busulphan, dacarbazine, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide and temozolomide, nitrosoureas such as carmustine and lomustine and thiotepa); antimitotic agents (e.g. vinca alkaloids such as vinblastine, vindesine, vinorelbine and vincristine; and taxans such as paclitaxel and docetaxel); topoisomerase inhibitors (e.g. epipodophyllo-toxins such as etoposide and etopophos, teniposide, amsacrine, topotecan, irinotecan and mitoxantrone) and various chemotherapeutic agents such as amifostin, anagrelide, clodronate, filgrastin, interferon alpha, leucovorin, rituximab, procarbazine, levamisole, mesna, mitotan, pamidronate and porfimer.
  • Examples of suitable forms for use are tablets, capsules, suppositories, solutions, in particular solutions for injection (s.c., i.v., i.m.) and infusion, syrups, emulsions or dispersible powders. In this connection, the proportion of the pharmaceutically active compound(s) should in each case be in the range of 0.1-90% by weight, preferably 0.5-50% by weight, of the total composition, that is in quantities which are sufficient to achieve the dosage range which is specified below. If necessary, the doses mentioned can be given several times a day.
  • Appropriate tablets can be obtained, for example, by mixing the active compound(s) with known auxiliary substances, for example inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or lactose, disintegrants, such as maize starch or alginic acid, binders, such as starch or gelatine, lubricants, such as magnesium stearate or talc, and/or agents for achieving a depot effect, such as carboxymethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate phthalate or polyvinyl acetate. The tablets can also comprise several layers.
  • Correspondingly, sugar-coated tablets can be produced by coating cores, which have been prepared in analogy with tablets, with agents which are customarily used in sugar coatings, for example collidone or shellac, gum arabic, talc, titanium dioxide or sugar. The core can also comprise several layers in order to achieve a depot effect or to avoid incompatibilities.
  • In the same way, the sugar coating can also comprise several layers in order to achieve a depot effect, with it being possible to use the auxiliary substances which are mentioned above in the case of the tablets.
  • Syrups of the active compounds or active compound combinations according to the invention can additionally comprise a sweetening agent, such as saccharine, cyclamate, glycerol or sugar as well as a taste-improving agent, e.g. flavouring agents such as vanillin or orange extract. They can also comprise suspension aids or thickeners, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, wetting agents, for example condensation products of fatty alcohols and ethylene oxide, or protectants such as p-hydroxybenzoates.
  • Injection and infusion solutions are produced in a customary manner, e.g. while adding isotonizing agents, preservatives, such as p-hydroxybenzoates, or stabilizers, such as alkali metal salts of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, where appropriate using emulsifiers and/or dispersants, with it being possible, for example, to employ, where appropriate, organic solvents as solubilizing agents or auxiliary solvents when using water as diluent, and aliquoted into injection bottles or ampoules or infusion bottles.
  • The capsules, which comprise one or more active compounds or active compound combinations, can, for example, be produced by mixing the active compounds with inert carriers, such as lactose or sorbitol, and encapsulating the mixture in gelatine capsules. Suitable suppositories can be produced, for example, by mixing with excipients which are envisaged for this purpose, such as neutral fats or polyethylene glycol, or their derivatives.
  • Auxiliary substances which may be mentioned by way of example are water, pharmaceutically unobjectionable organic solvents, such as paraffins (e.g. petroleum fractions), oils of vegetable origin (e.g. groundnut oil or sesame oil), monofunctional or poly-functional alcohols (e.g. EtOH or glycerol), carrier substances such as natural mineral powders (e.g. kaolins, argillaceous earths, talc and chalk), synthetic mineral powders (e.g. highly disperse silicic acid and silicates), sugars (e.g. cane sugar, lactose and grape sugar), emulsifiers (e.g. lignin, sulphite waste liquors, methyl cellulose, starch and polyvinyl-pyrrolidone) and glidants (e.g. magnesium stearate, talc, stearic acid and sodium lauryl sulphate).
  • Administration is effected in a customary manner, preferably orally or transdermally, in particular and preferably orally. In the case of oral use, the tablets can naturally also comprise, in addition to the abovementioned carrier substances, additives such as sodium citrate, calcium carbonate and dicalcium phosphate together with a variety of further substances such as starch, preferably potato starch, gelatine and the like. It is furthermore also possible to use glidants, such as magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulphate and talc, for the tableting. In the case of aqueous suspensions, a variety of taste improvers or dyes can also be added to the active compounds in addition to the abovementioned auxiliary substances.
  • For parenteral administration, it is possible to employ solutions of the active compounds while using suitable liquid carrier materials. The dosage for intravenous administration is 1-1000 mg per hour, preferably between 5 and 500 mg per hour.
  • Despite this, it may be necessary, where appropriate, to diverge from the abovementioned quantities, depending on the body weight or the nature of the route of administration, on the individual response to the medicament, on the nature of its formulation and on the time or interval at which the administration is effected. Thus, it may, in some cases, be sufficient to make do with less than the previously mentioned lowest quantity whereas, in other cases, the abovementioned upper limit has to be exceeded. When relatively large quantities are being administered, it may be advisable to divide these into several single doses which are given over the course of the day.
  • The following formulation examples illustrate the present invention without, however, restricting its scope:
  • Pharmaceutical Formulation Examples
  • A) Tablets per tablet
    Active compound in accordance with formula (1) 100 mg
    Lactose 140 mg
    Maize starch 240 mg
    Polyvinylpyrrolidone 15 mg
    Magnesium stearate 5 mg
    500 mg
  • The finely ground active compound, lactose and a part of the maize starch are mixed with each other. The mixture is sieved, after which it is moistened with a solution of polyvinylpyrrolidone in water, kneaded, wet-granulated and dried. The granular material, the remainder of the maize starch and the magnesium stearate are sieved and mixed with each other. The mixture is pressed into tablets of suitable shape and size.
  • B) Tablets per tablet
    Active compound in accordance with formula (1) 80 mg
    Lactose 55 mg
    Maize starch 190 mg
    Microcrystalline cellulose 35 mg
    Polyvinylpyrrolidone 15 mg
    Sodium carboxymethyl starch 23 mg
    Magnesium stearate 2 mg
    400 mg
  • The finely ground active compound, a part of the maize starch, the lactose, micro-crystalline cellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone are mixed with each other, after which the mixture is sieved and worked, together with the remainder of the maize starch and water, into a granular material, which is dried and sieved. The sodium carboxymethyl starch and the magnesium stearate are then added to the granular material and mixed with it, and the mixture is pressed into tablets of suitable size.
  • C) Ampoule solution
    Active compound in accordance with formula (1) 50 mg
    Sodium chloride 50 mg
    Water for injection 5 ml
  • The active compound is dissolved, either at its intrinsic pH or, where appropriate, at pH 5.5-6.5, in water after which sodium chloride is added as isotonizing agent. The resulting solution is rendered pyrogen-free by filtration and the filtrate is aliquoted, under aseptic conditions, into ampoules, which are then sterilized and sealed by melting. The ampoules contain 5 mg, 25 mg and 50 mg of active compound.

Claims (10)

1. A compound of the formula (1),
Figure US20110118208A1-20110519-C00412
wherein
R1 is selected from among —NHRc, —NHC(O)Rc, —NHC(O)ORc, —NHC(O)NRcRc, —NHC(O)N(Rg)ORe and —NHC(O)SRc, and
R2 denotes hydrogen or a group selected from among C1-6alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl, 3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, C7-16arylalkyl and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted by one or more identical or different R4 and
R3 denotes a 6 membered heteroaryl, substituted by one or more identical or different Ra and/or Rb, or
R3 denotes a 8-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted by one or more identical or different Re and/or Rf, and
each R4 denotes a group selected from among Ra, Rb and Ra substituted by one or more identical or different Rb and/or Rc; and
each Ra independently of one another denotes a group optionally substituted by one or more identical or different Rb and/or Rc, selected from among C1-6alkyl, 2-6 membered heteroalkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C3-10cycloalkyl, C4-16cycloalkylalkyl, C6-10aryl, C7-16arylalkyl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, 6-18 membered heteroarylalkyl, 3-14 membered heterocycloalkyl and 4-14 membered heterocycloalkylalkyl,
each Rb denotes a suitable group and is selected independently of one another from among ═O, —ORc, C1-3haloalkyloxy, —OCF3, ═S, —SRc, ═NRc, ═NORc, ═NNRcRc, ═NN(Rg)C(O)NRcRc, —NRcRc, —ONRcRc, —N(ORc)Rc, —N(Rg)NRcRc, halogen, —CF3, —CN, —NC, —OCN, —SCN, —NO, —NO2, ═N2, —N3, —S(O)Rc, —S(O)ORc, —S(O)2Rc, —S(O)2ORc, —S(O)NRcRc, —S(O)2NRcRc, —OS(O)Rc, —OS(O)2Rc, —OS(O)2ORc, —OS(O)NRcRc, —OS(O)2NRcRc, —C(O)Rc, —C(O)ORc, —C(O)SRc, —C(O)NRcRc, —C(O)N(Rg)NRcRc, —C(O)N(Rg)ORc, —C(NRg)NRcRc, —C(NOH)Rc, —C(NOH)NRcRc, —OC(O)Rc, —OC(O)ORc, —OC(O)SRc, —OC(O)NRcRc, —OC(NRg)NRcRc, —SC(O)Rc, —SC(O)ORc, —SC(O)NRcRc, —SC(NRg)NRcRc, —N(Rg)C(O)Rc, —N[C(O)Rc]2, —N(ORg)C(O)Rc, —N(Rg)C(NRg)Rc, —N(Rg)N(Rg)C(O)Rc, —N[C(O)Rc]NRcRc, —N(Rg)C(S)Rc, —N(Rg)S(O)Rc, —N(Rg)S(O)ORc, —N(Rg)S(O)2Rc, —N[S(O)2Rc]2, —N(Rg)S(O)2ORc, —N(Rg)S(O)2NRcRc, —N(Rg)[S(O)2]2Rc, —N(Rg)C(O)ORc, —N(Rg)C(O)SRc, —N(Rg)C(O)NRcRc, —N(Rg)C(O)NRgNRcRc, —N(Rg)N(Rg)C(O)NRcRc, —N(Rg)C(S)NRcRc, —[N(Rg)C(O)]2Rc, —N(Rg)[C(O)]2Rc, —N{[C(O)]2Rc}2, —N(Rg)[C(O)]2ORc, —N(Rg)[C(O)]2NRcRc, —N{[C(O)]2ORc}2, —N{[C(O)]2NRcRc]2, —[N(Rg)C(O)]2ORc, —N(Rg)C(NRg)ORc, —N(Rg)C(NOH)Rc, —N(Rg)C(NRg)SRc, —N(Rg)C(NRg)NRcRc, —N═RcRc and —N═C(Rg)NRcRc and
each Rc independently of one another denotes hydrogen or a group optionally substituted by one or more identical or different Rd and/or Re, selected from among C1-6alkyl, 2-6 membered heteroalkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C3 -10cycloalkyl, C4-16cycloalkylalkyl, C6-10aryl C7-16arylalkyl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, 6-18 membered heteroarylalkyl, 3-14 membered heterocycloalkyl and 4-14 membered heterocycloalkylalkyl, and
each Rd denotes a suitable group and is selected independently of one another from among ═O, —ORe, C1-3haloalkyloxy, —OCF3, ═S, —SRe, ═NRe, ═NORe, ═NNReRe, ═NN(Rg)C(O)NReRe, —NReRe, —ONReRe, —N(Rg)NReRe, halogen, —CF3, —CN, —NC, —OCN, —SCN, —NO, —NO2, ═N2, —N3, —S(O)Re, —S(O)ORe, —S(O)2Re, —S(O)2ORe, —S(O)NReRe, —S(O)2NReRe, —OS(O)Re, —OS(O)2Re, —OS(O)2ORe, —OS(O)NReRe, —OS(O)2NReRe, —C(O)Re, —C(O)ORe, —C(O)SRe, —C(O)NReRe, —C(O)N(Rg)NReRe, —C(O)N(Rg)ORe, —C(NRg)NReRe, —C(NOH)Re, —C(NOH)NReRe, —OC(O)Re, —OC(O)ORe, —OC(O)SRe, —OC(O)NReRe, —OC(NRg)NReRe, —SC(O)Re, —SC(O)ORe, —SC(O)NReRe, —SC(NRg)NReRe, —N(Rg)C(O)Re, —N[C(O)Re]2, —N(ORg)C(O)Re, —N(Rg)C(NRg)Re, —N(Rg)N(Rg)C(O)Re, —N[C(O)Re]NReRe, —N(Rg)C(S)Re, —N(Rg)S(O)Re, —N(Rg)S(O)ORe—N(Rg)S(O)2Re, —N[S(O)2Re]2, —N(Rg)S(O)2ORe, —N(Rg)S(O)2NReRe, —N(Rg)[S(O)2]2Re, —N(Rg)C(O)ORe, —N(Rg)C(O)SRe, —N(Rg)C(O)NReRe, —N(Rg)C(O)NRgNReRe, —N(Rg)N(Rg)C(O)NReRe, —N(Rg)C(S)NReRe, —[N(Rg)C(O)]2Re, —N(Rg)[C(O)]2Re, —N{[C(O)]2Re}2, —N(Rg)[C(O)]2ORe, —N(Rg)[C(O)]2NReRe, —N{[C(O)]2ORe}2, —N{[C(O)]2NReRe}2, —[N(Rg)C(O)]2ORe, —N(Rg)C(NRg)ORe, —N(Rg)C(NOH)Re, —N(Rg)C(NRg)SRe, —N(Rg)C(NRg)NReRe, —N═ReRe and —N═C(Rg)NReRe
each Re independently of one another denotes hydrogen or a group optionally substituted by one or more identical or different Rf and/or Rg, selected from among C1-6alkyl, 2-6 membered heteroalkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C3 -10cycloalkyl, C4-16cycloalkylalkyl, C6-10aryl C7-16arylalkyl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, 6-18 membered heteroarylalkyl, 3-14 membered heterocycloalkyl and 4-14 membered heterocycloalkylalkyl, and
each Rf denotes a suitable group and in each case is selected independently of one another from among ═O, —ORg, C1-3haloalkyloxy, —OCF3, ═S, —SRg, ═NRg, ═NORg, ═NNRgRg, ═NN(Rh)C(O)NRgRg, —NRgRg, —ONRgRg, —N(Rh)NRgRg, halogen, —CF3, —CN, —NC, —OCN, —SCN, —NO, —NO2, ═N2, —N3, —S(O)Rg, —S(O)ORg, —S(O)2Rg, —S(O)2ORg, —S(O)NRgRg, —S(O)2NRgRg, —OS(O)Rg, —OS(O)2Rg, —OS(O)2ORg, —OS(O)NRgRg, —OS(O)2NRgRg, —C(O)Rg, —C(O)ORg, —C(O)SRg, —C(O)NRgRg, —C(O)N(Rh)NRgRg, —C(O)N(Rh)ORg, —C(NRh)NRgRg, —C(NOH)Rg, —C(NOH)NRgRg, —OC(O)Rg, —OC(O)ORg, —OC(O)SRg, —OC(O)NRgRg, —OC(NRh)NRgRg, —SC(O)Rg, —SC(O)ORg, —SC(O)NRgRg, —SC(NRh)NRgRg, —N(Rh)C(O)Rg, —N[C(O)Rg 9 2, —N(ORh)C(O)Rg, —N(Rh)C(NRh)Rg, —N(Rh)N(Rh)C(O)Rg, —N[C(O)Rg]NRgRg, —N(Rh)C(S)Rg, —N(Rh)S(O)Rg, —N(Rh)S(O)ORg, —N(Rh)S(O)2Rg, —N[S(O)2Rg]2, —N(Rh)S(O)2ORg, —N(Rh)S(O)2NRgRg, —N(Rh)[S(O)2]2Rg, —N(Rh)C(O)ORg, —N(Rh)C(O)SRg, —N(Rh)C(O)NRgRg, —N(Rh)C(O)NRhNRgRg, —N(Rh)N(Rh)C(O)NRgRg, —N(Rh)C(S)NRgRg, —[N(Rh)C(O)]2Rg, —N(Rh)[C(O)]2Rg, —N{[C(O)]2Rg}2, —N(Rh)[C(O)]2ORg, —N(Rh)[C(O)]2NRgRg, —N{[C(O)]2ORg}2, —N{[C(O)]2NRgRg}2, —[N(Rh)C(O)]2ORg, —N(Rh)C(NRh)ORg, —N(Rh)C(NOH)Rg, —N(Rh)C(NRh)SRg, —N(Rh)C(NRh)NRgRg, —N═RhRh and —N═C(Rh)NRhRh; and
each Rg independently of one another denotes hydrogen or a group optionally substituted by one or more identical or different Rh, selected from among C1-6alkyl, 2-6 membered heteroalkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C3-10cycloalkyl, C4-16cycloalkylalkyl, C6-10aryl, C7-16arylalkyl, 5-12 membered hetero aryl, 6-18 membered heteroarylalkyl, 3-14 membered heterocycloalkyl and 4-14 membered heterocycloalkylalkyl; and
each Rh is selected independently of one another from among hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, 2-6 membered heteroalkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C3-10cycloalkyl, C4-16cycloalkylalkyl, C6-10aryl, C7-16arylalkyl, 5-12 membered heteroaryl, 6-18 membered heteroarylalkyl, 3-14 membered heterocycloalkyl and 4-14 membered heterocycloalkylalkyl,
or a tautomer or pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
2. A compound according to claim 1, wherein R3 is a radical selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl and pyridazinyl, optionally substituted by one or more R4.
3. A compound according to claim 2, wherein R3 is pyridyl.
4. A compound according to claim 3,
wherein R3 is substituted by a residue selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, —NRcRc and C1-6alkyl optionally substituted by Rb.
5. A compound according to claim 1,
wherein R1 is —NHC(O)Rc.
6. A compound according to claim 5, wherein R1 is —NHC(O)CH3.
7-8. (canceled)
9. A pharmaceutical preparation comprising a compound of formula (1) according to one of claims 1 to 6 or a pharmacologically effective salts thereof, in combination with conventional excipients and/or carriers.
10. A method for treating cancer, infections, inflammatory and autoimmune diseases, which comprises administering to a host suffering one of said conditions a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the formula (1) according to one of claims 1 to 6 or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
11. (canceled)
US12/921,588 2008-03-13 2009-03-13 Thiazolyl-Dihydro-Indazoles Abandoned US20110118208A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP08152721.0 2008-03-13
EP08152721 2008-03-13
PCT/EP2009/052959 WO2009112565A1 (en) 2008-03-13 2009-03-13 Thiazolyl-dihydro-indazoles

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2009/052959 A-371-Of-International WO2009112565A1 (en) 2008-03-13 2009-03-13 Thiazolyl-dihydro-indazoles

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/347,797 Continuation US8304556B2 (en) 2008-03-13 2012-01-11 Thiazolyl-dihydro-indazoles

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20110118208A1 true US20110118208A1 (en) 2011-05-19

Family

ID=39591172

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/921,588 Abandoned US20110118208A1 (en) 2008-03-13 2009-03-13 Thiazolyl-Dihydro-Indazoles
US13/347,797 Active US8304556B2 (en) 2008-03-13 2012-01-11 Thiazolyl-dihydro-indazoles

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/347,797 Active US8304556B2 (en) 2008-03-13 2012-01-11 Thiazolyl-dihydro-indazoles

Country Status (21)

Country Link
US (2) US20110118208A1 (en)
EP (1) EP2280982A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2011513471A (en)
KR (1) KR20100135743A (en)
CN (1) CN102015728A (en)
AR (1) AR070877A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2009224659A1 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0908583A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2717488A1 (en)
CL (1) CL2009000599A1 (en)
CO (1) CO6290768A2 (en)
EA (1) EA201001427A1 (en)
EC (1) ECSP10010532A (en)
IL (1) IL207776A0 (en)
MA (1) MA32158B1 (en)
MX (1) MX2010009837A (en)
PE (1) PE20091617A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200942548A (en)
UY (1) UY31700A (en)
WO (1) WO2009112565A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201006023B (en)

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011049625A1 (en) 2009-10-20 2011-04-28 Mansour Samadpour Method for aflatoxin screening of products
EP2496567B1 (en) 2009-11-05 2017-07-12 Rhizen Pharmaceuticals S.A. Novel benzopyran kinase modulators
EP2546249A1 (en) 2011-07-15 2013-01-16 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh 5-Alkynyl-pyridines
US8466162B2 (en) 2011-01-26 2013-06-18 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh 5-alkynyl-pyridines
TW201245176A (en) 2011-01-26 2012-11-16 Boehringer Ingelheim Int New 5-alkynyl-pyridines
LT2705029T (en) 2011-05-04 2019-02-11 Rhizen Pharmaceuticals S.A. Novel compounds as modulators of protein kinases
SI3260455T1 (en) 2012-07-04 2019-07-31 Rhizen Pharmaceuticals S.A. Selective pi3k delta inhibitors

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060100254A1 (en) * 2004-10-07 2006-05-11 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Thiazolyl-dihydro-indazole
US20070259855A1 (en) * 2006-04-06 2007-11-08 Udo Maier Thiazolyl-dihydro-indazole
US20070270401A1 (en) * 2006-04-06 2007-11-22 Steffen Steurer Thiazolyl-Dihydro-Indazole
US20080081802A1 (en) * 2006-04-06 2008-04-03 Mcconnell Darryl Thiazolyl-Dihydro-Indazole
US20090093474A1 (en) * 2006-04-06 2009-04-09 Matthias Grauert Thiazolyl-dihydro-indazole

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE102004048877A1 (en) * 2004-10-07 2006-04-13 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg New tricyclic thiazole derivatives useful as PI3 kinase inhibitors, for treating e.g. inflammatory and allergic airway and skin diseases, autoimmune and kidney disease
UY29149A1 (en) 2004-10-07 2006-05-31 Boehringer Ingelheim Int TIAZOLIL-DIHIDRO-INDAZOLES

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060100254A1 (en) * 2004-10-07 2006-05-11 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Thiazolyl-dihydro-indazole
US7691888B2 (en) * 2004-10-07 2010-04-06 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Thiazolyl-dihydro-indazole
US20070259855A1 (en) * 2006-04-06 2007-11-08 Udo Maier Thiazolyl-dihydro-indazole
US20070270401A1 (en) * 2006-04-06 2007-11-22 Steffen Steurer Thiazolyl-Dihydro-Indazole
US20080081802A1 (en) * 2006-04-06 2008-04-03 Mcconnell Darryl Thiazolyl-Dihydro-Indazole
US20090093474A1 (en) * 2006-04-06 2009-04-09 Matthias Grauert Thiazolyl-dihydro-indazole
US7893049B2 (en) * 2006-04-06 2011-02-22 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Thiazolyl-dihydro-indazole
US7902183B2 (en) * 2006-04-06 2011-03-08 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Thiazolyl-dihydro-indazole

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
ECSP10010532A (en) 2010-11-30
KR20100135743A (en) 2010-12-27
ZA201006023B (en) 2011-10-26
BRPI0908583A2 (en) 2019-09-24
AR070877A1 (en) 2010-05-12
CO6290768A2 (en) 2011-06-20
EP2280982A1 (en) 2011-02-09
WO2009112565A1 (en) 2009-09-17
CA2717488A1 (en) 2009-09-17
JP2011513471A (en) 2011-04-28
TW200942548A (en) 2009-10-16
MX2010009837A (en) 2010-09-28
PE20091617A1 (en) 2009-11-12
CN102015728A (en) 2011-04-13
US20120108567A1 (en) 2012-05-03
IL207776A0 (en) 2010-12-30
MA32158B1 (en) 2011-03-01
US8304556B2 (en) 2012-11-06
CL2009000599A1 (en) 2011-01-07
UY31700A (en) 2009-11-10
AU2009224659A1 (en) 2009-09-17
EA201001427A1 (en) 2011-04-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8653097B2 (en) Tetra-aza-heterocycles as phosphatidylinositol-3-kinases (P13-kinases) inhibitor
US8304556B2 (en) Thiazolyl-dihydro-indazoles
EP2323992B1 (en) 5-alkynyl-pyrimidines
US7691888B2 (en) Thiazolyl-dihydro-indazole
CA2654670A1 (en) New compounds
US7893049B2 (en) Thiazolyl-dihydro-indazole
WO2010012745A2 (en) Benzimidazoles
US20130196975A1 (en) 5-alkynyl-pyridines
US9243000B2 (en) Thia-triaza-indacenes
US7902183B2 (en) Thiazolyl-dihydro-indazole
US8618111B2 (en) 5-alkynyl-pyrimidines
US8288379B2 (en) Thia-triaza-cyclopentazulenes

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: BOEHRINGER INGELHEIM INTERNATIONAL GMBH, GERMANY

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:MCCONNELL, DARRYL;IMPAGNATIELLO, MARIA;KESSLER, DIRK;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20101121 TO 20101202;REEL/FRAME:025535/0117

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION